Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / BCB Bancorp, Inc.

BCB Bancorp, Inc.

bcbp · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bcbp
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 264
← All annual reports
FY2025 Annual Report · BCB Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
 
 
 
x
Annual Report Pursuant To Section 13 or 15(d) Of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025.
Or
 
 
 
o
Transition Report Pursuant To Section 13 or 15(d) Of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from ______________ to ______________.
 
Commission file number: 000-50275
 
BCB BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
 
New Jersey
 
26-0065262
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
 
104-110 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
07002
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  1-(800)-680-6872
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
 
 
 
 
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, no par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
 
Trading Symbol
BCBP
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
YES  o    NO  x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
YES  o    NO  x
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES  x    NO  o
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that 
the Registrant was required to submit such files).
YES  x    NO  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” 
“accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
 
 
 
 
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer  x
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  x   Emerging Growth company  o
 
 
If any emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 
13(a) of the Exchange Act o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
(15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. x
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial 
statements. o
 
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery 
period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  YES  ¨    NO  x
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2025, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market, was 
approximately $131.7 million.
 
As of March 2, 2026, there were 17,358,931 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
(1) Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III) 
 
i

Table of Contents
 
 
  
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
Item
 
Page 
Number
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
1
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
15
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
22
ITEM 1C.
CYBERSECURITY
22
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
24
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
25
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
25
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
25
ITEM 6.
[RESERVED]
27
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
27
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
32
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
33
ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
79
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
79
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
79
ITEM 9C
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
79
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
80
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
80
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
80
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
80
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
80
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
81
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
82
ITEM 17.
SIGNATURES
83
 
 
ii

Table of Contents
 
 
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc.
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. (individually referred to herein as the “Parent Company” and together with its subsidiaries, collectively referred to herein as the “Company”) is a New Jersey corporation 
established in 2003 and is the holding company parent of BCB Community Bank (the “Bank”). The Company has not engaged in any significant business activity other than owning all of the 
outstanding common stock of BCB Community Bank. Our executive office is located at 104-110 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey 07002. Our telephone number is 1-(800)-680-6872 and our website is 
www.bcb.bank. Information on our website is not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K. At December 31, 2025 we had $3.279 billion in consolidated assets, $2.674 billion in deposits 
and $304.3 million in consolidated stockholders’ equity. The Parent Company is subject to extensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
 
BCB Community Bank
 
The Bank opened for business on November 1, 2000, as Bayonne Community Bank, a New Jersey chartered commercial bank. The Bank changed its name from Bayonne Community Bank to BCB 
Community Bank in April 2007. At December 31, 2025, the Bank operated at twenty-three branches in Bayonne, Edison, Hoboken, Fairfield, Holmdel, Jersey City, Lyndhurst, Maplewood, Monroe 
Township, Newark, Parsippany, Plainsboro, River Edge, Rutherford, South Orange, Union, and Woodbridge, New Jersey, as well as three branches in Staten Island and one in Hicksville, New York, 
through executive offices located at 104-110 Avenue C, and an administrative office located at 591-595 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey 07002. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) System.
 
We are a community-oriented financial institution. Our business is to offer FDIC-insured deposit products and to invest funds held in deposit accounts at the Bank, together with funds generated from 
operations, in loans and investment securities. We offer our customers:
 

loans, including commercial and multi-family real estate loans, one-to-four family mortgage loans, commercial business loans, construction loans, home equity loans, and consumer 
loans. In recent years the primary growth in our loan portfolio has been in loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family properties;

FDIC-insured deposit products, including savings and club accounts, interest and non-interest-bearing demand accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, and 
individual retirement accounts; and, 

retail and commercial banking services including wire transfers, money orders, safe deposit boxes, night depository, debit cards, online banking, mobile banking, fraud detection 
(positive pay), and automated teller services.
 
1

Table of Contents
 
 
Recent Events
 
On March 15, 2025, the Company completed a private placement of 52 shares of Series K 6.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Preferred Stock”), resulting in 
gross proceeds of $520,000.
 
Business Strategy
 
Our business strategy is to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable, and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing the highest quality customer service. 
Management’s and the Board of Directors’ extensive knowledge of the markets we serve helps to differentiate us from our competitors. Our business strategy incorporates the following elements: 
maintaining a community focus, focusing on profitability, strengthening our balance sheet, emphasizing real estate- based lending, capitalizing on market dynamics, providing attentive and 
personalized service, and attracting highly qualified and experienced personnel. These attributes coupled with our desire to seek out under-served markets for banking products and services, facilitate 
the growth of our franchise footprint organically and synergistically.
 
Maintaining a community focus. Our management and Board of Directors have strong ties to the communities we serve. Many members of the management team are New Jersey natives and are active 
in the communities we serve through non-profit board membership, local business development organizations, and industry associations. In addition, our board members are well-established 
professionals and business leaders in the communities we serve. Management and the Board are interested in making a lasting contribution to these communities, and they have succeeded in attracting 
deposits and loans through attentive and personalized service.
 
Focusing on profitability. Management is focused on optimizing profitability while also meeting the needs of businesses and individuals in its community. The persistently high interest rate 
environment and competition for liquidity have negatively impacted margins for our industry. In addition, we incurred substantial loan charge-offs during 2025 that adversely affected our profitability. 
Throughout 2025, management took proactive steps to address asset quality and strengthen our capital position and liquidity profile. We believe that these actions have created a more resilient 
foundation and position the Company well as we enter 2026. Management continues to prudently manage its balance sheet to protect its spread income in a challenging operating environment. 
Additionally, Management continues to be committed to managing and controlling our non-interest expenses to improve our efficiency ratio.
 
Strengthening our balance sheet. Management has slowed its balance sheet growth to strengthen its liquidity and capital position. Management is focused on reducing reliance on wholesale borrowing 
that is expensive and not core to the Bank’s operating philosophy. Additionally, slower balance sheet growth combined with profitability are expected to continue to enhance the Company’s capital 
position. Management remains committed to strengthening the Company’s statements of financial condition and maintaining profitability by diversifying the products, pricing, and services we offer. 
Additionally, the Company is very committed to improving our asset quality as the industry continues to face challenges from an uncertain macroeconomic environment.
 
Emphasizing real estate-based lending. A primary focus of our business strategy in 2026 is to originate loans secured by commercial and multi-family properties. Such loans generally provide higher 
returns than loans secured by one-to-four family properties. As a result of our underwriting practices, including debt service requirements for commercial real estate and multi-family loans, 
management believes that such loans offer us an opportunity to obtain higher returns without a significant increased level of risk in most cases.
 
Capitalizing on market dynamics. The consolidation of the banking industry in northeast New Jersey has provided a unique opportunity for a customer-focused banking institution, such as our Bank. 
We believe our local roots and community focus provide the Bank with an opportunity to capitalize on the consolidation in our market area. This consolidation has moved decision making away from 
local, community-based banks to much larger banks headquartered outside of New Jersey. 
 
Providing attentive and personalized service. Management believes that providing attentive and personalized service is the key to gaining deposit and loan relationships in the markets we serve and 
their surrounding communities. 
 
Attracting highly experienced and qualified personnel. An important part of our strategy is to hire bankers who have prior experience in the markets we serve, as well as pre-existing business 
relationships. Our management team averages over decades of banking experience, while our lenders and branch personnel have significant experience at community banks and regional banks 
throughout the region. Management believes that its knowledge of these markets has been a critical element in the success of the Bank. Management’s extensive knowledge of the local communities 
has allowed us to develop and implement a highly focused and disciplined approach to lending, and has enabled the Bank to attract a high percentage of low-cost deposits.
 
Our Market Area
 
We are located in Bayonne, Jersey City and Hoboken in Hudson County, Edison, Monroe Township, Plainsboro and Woodbridge in Middlesex County, Lyndhurst, River Edge, and Rutherford in 
Bergen County, Fairfield, Maplewood, Newark, and South Orange in Essex County, Holmdel in Monmouth County, Parsippany in Morris County, and Union in Union County, New Jersey. The Bank 
also operates two branches in Staten Island, New York and one in Hicksville, New York. The Bank’s locations are easily accessible and provide convenient services to businesses and individuals 
throughout our market area. These areas are all considered “bedroom” or “commuter” communities to Manhattan. Our market area is well-served by a network of arterial roadways, including Route 
440 and the New Jersey Turnpike.
 
Our market area has a high level of commercial business activity. Businesses are concentrated in the service sector and retail trade areas. Major employers in our market area include certain medical 
centers, municipalities, and school districts.
 
Competition
 
The banking industry in northeast New Jersey and New York City is extremely competitive. We compete for deposits and loans with existing New Jersey and out-of-state financial institutions that 
have longer operating histories, larger capital reserves, and more established customer bases. Our competition includes large financial services companies and other entities, in addition to traditional 
banking institutions, such as savings and loan associations, savings banks, commercial banks and credit unions. Our larger competitors have a greater ability to finance wide-ranging advertising 
campaigns through greater capital resources. Our marketing efforts depend heavily upon referrals from officers, directors, stockholders, advertising in local media, and through a social media presence. 
We compete for business principally on the basis of personal service to customers, customer access to our business development officers, loan officers, executive officers and directors, and competitive 
interest rates and fees. We compete for loans primarily on the basis of value and service by building customer relationships through addressing our customers’ entire suite of banking needs, 
demonstrating expertise, and providing convenience. We also consider the competitive pricing levels in each of our markets. We compete for deposits similarly on the basis of value and service and by 
providing convenience through a banking network of branches and ATMs within our markets and our website at.www.bcb.bank. 
 
In the financial services industry in recent years, intense market demands, technological and regulatory changes, and economic pressures have eroded industry classifications that were once clearly 
defined. Banks have diversified their services, competitively priced their deposit products and become more cost-effective as a result of competition with each other and with new types of financial 
service companies, including non-banking competitors. Some of these market dynamics have resulted in a number of new bank and non-bank competitors, increased merger activity, and increased 
customer awareness of product and service differences among competitors. FinTechs continue to emerge in key areas of banking. In addition, larger established technology platform companies 
continue to evaluate, and in some cases, create 
 
2

Table of Contents
 
businesses focused on banking products. We closely monitor activity in the marketplace to ensure that our products and services are technologically competitive. Our overall strategy involves seeking 
to identify partnerships and possible investment opportunities in technology-driven companies that can augment our distribution and product capabilities.
 
Lending Activities
 
Loan Maturities. The following table sets forth the contractual maturity of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2025. The amount shown represents outstanding principal balances. Demand loans, loans 
having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity and overdrafts are reported as being due in one year or less. The table does not include prepayments or scheduled principal repayments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Due within 1 
Year
  
Due after 1 
through 5 
Years
  
After 5 Years 
through 15 
Years
  
After 15 
Years
  
Total
 
 
(In Thousands)
Residential One-to-four family 
 
$
 - 
$
 4,892 
$
 22,811 
$
 199,005 
$
 226,708
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 
 179,478 
 
 491,540 
 
 356,573 
 
 1,013,177 
 
 2,040,768
Cannabis related (2)
 
 
 13,492 
 
 22,650 
 
 4,118 
 
 29,033 
 
 69,293
Construction (1)
 
 
 63,603 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 4,918 
 
 68,521
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 
 76,411 
 
 34,906 
 
 45,429 
 
 11,713 
 
 168,459
Business express
 
 
 423 
 
 1,484 
 
 72,955 
 
 - 
 
 74,862
Home equity (4) 
 
 
 265 
 
 2,080 
 
 10,571 
 
 61,416 
 
 74,332
Consumer 
 
 
 2,922 
 
 507 
 
 151 
 
 - 
 
 3,580
Total amount due 
 
$
 336,594 
$
 558,059 
$
 512,608 
$
 1,319,262 
$
 2,726,523
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
Loans with Fixed or Floating or Adjustable Rates of Interest. The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans at December 31, 2025 that are due after December 31, 2026, and have fixed 
interest rates or that have floating or adjustable interest rates.
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Rates
  
Floating or 
Adjustable 
Rates
  
Total
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
Residential One-to-four family 
 
$
 140,881
 $
 85,827 
$
 226,708
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 
 278,219
  
 1,583,071 
 
 1,861,290
Cannabis related (2)
 
 
 3,669
  
 52,132 
 
 55,801
Construction (1)
 
 
 - 
 
 4,918 
 
 4,918
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 
 31,120
  
 60,928 
 
 92,048
Business express
 
 
 74,200
  
 239 
 
 74,439
Home equity (4)
 
 
 11,707
  
 62,360 
 
 74,067
Consumer 
 
 
 658
  
 - 
 
 658
Total amount due 
 
$
 540,454 
$
 1,849,475 
$
 2,389,929
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
Commercial and Multi-family Real Estate Loans. Commercial real estate loans are secured by improved property such as office buildings, mixed use buildings, retail stores, shopping centers, 
warehouses, and other non-residential buildings. Loans secured by multi-family properties contain five or more residential units. Generally, the Bank offers fully amortizing loans on both property 
types at loan amounts up to 75 percent of the appraised value of the property. Both commercial and multi-family real estate loans are generally made at rates that adjust above the Federal Home Loan 
Bank of New York interest rate, with terms of up to 30 years. In addition, the Bank offers balloon loans with fixed interest rates which generally mature in three to five years with amortization periods 
up to 30 years. The Bank’s owner-occupied loans represented 22% of total Commercial and multi-family loans as of December 31, 2025, and the Bank’s multi-family portfolio represented 24% of the 
total Commercial and multi-family real estate loans. The rent-controlled portion comprised 6% of total multi-family loans. The Bank’s multi-family loan portfolio had average LTVs of 54%. As of 
December 31, 2025, the Bank’s largest commercial real estate loan had an outstanding principal balance of $41.8 million. The borrower is a well-known private university, and the loan is secured by 
various properties which are associated with university functions. This loan is performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2025.
 
Loans secured by commercial and multi-family real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. The borrower’s creditworthiness, 
as well as the property’s continued viability and cash flow potential are of primary concern in commercial and multi-family real estate lending. Commercial loans secured by owner occupied properties 
involve different risks when measured against one-to-four family residential and non-owner-occupied 
 
3

Table of Contents
 
commercial mortgage loans. Cash flow on owner occupied properties is often dependent on the success of the business operation contained within the subject property. The Bank intends to continue 
the origination of loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family properties.
 
Construction Loans. The Bank offers loans to finance the construction of various types of commercial and residential properties. Generally, construction loans are offered with terms of up to twenty-
four months, with adjustable interest rates tied to a margin above Prime Rate. Customarily, the Bank originates loans on projects which have all necessary permits and approvals in place to the Bank’s 
satisfaction. Construction loan funds are disbursed as the project progresses. The Bank also offers construction loans that convert to a permanent mortgage on the property upon completion of the 
project, provided compliance with conditions set forth at loan approval. Terms of such permanent mortgage loans are similar to other mortgage loans secured by similar properties, with the interest rate 
established at the time of conversion. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank’s largest construction loan has a borrowing capacity of $19.5 million, all of which has been disbursed. The loan is recourse to 
a well-capitalized borrower, with proceeds used to construct a multifamily development in northern New Jersey. This loan is performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2025.
 
Construction financing is generally considered a higher risk lending product. To mitigate risks, the Bank will, among other things, obtain a plan and cost review from a third-party vendor, which 
reviews the borrowers proposed construction budget for appropriateness. The Bank will also obtain an appraisal report which provides values based on various possible project results. These reports 
generally include value scenarios such as “As Is,” “As Completed,” “As Stabilized,” “As a Rental,” “As Sellout,” and “As a Bulk Sale.”
 
Commercial Business Loans. The Bank offers a variety of commercial business loans in the form of either lines of credit or fully amortizing term loans. Lines of credit (LOCs) are typically utilized for 
working capital purposes. LOCs are either revolving or non-revolving and provide loan terms between one and three years. LOC repayment is generally interest-only with adjustable interest rates tied 
to a margin above Prime Rate. Term loans are typically utilized for the purchase of a business or equipment for a business and carry fully amortizing terms up to seven years. Term loan interest rates 
may be fixed or adjustable and tied to a margin above the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York rate. Commercial business loans are underwritten based upon the borrower’s ability to service such 
debt from cash flow. These loans are generally made to small and mid-sized companies located within the Bank’s primary and secondary lending areas. Depending on the circumstances, a commercial 
business loan may be secured by equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, chattel, or other assets. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank’s largest commercial business loan has an outstanding balance 
of $20.7 million and is collateralized by 2nd mortgages on various franchises. This loan is performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2025.
 
Commercial business loans generally have higher rates and shorter terms than one-to-four family residential loans but may also involve higher average balances and a higher risk of default, as their 
repayment generally depends on the success of the borrower’s business. The Bank has further segregated its commercial business portfolio into commercial business express loans that carry higher risk 
relative to other commercial business loans. The Bank had originated commercial business express loans to support small business owners coming out of the COVID crisis. The portfolio consists of a 
large number of loans with majority of the loans carrying a balance of $250,000 or lower. As business express loans matured, management offered longer extension terms to its customers with pricing 
reflective of the current higher rate environment compared to when these loans were originated in the past. Management is also following a very strict loan loss reserving and charge-off policy for 
these loans where the business express loans, as a rule, are given a specific reserve at the 60-days delinquent mark and charged-off once the loans hit 90-days delinquent status. In some circumstances, 
based on discussions with the customers and review of their financial situation, management may offer alternative terms. On December 31, 2025, the size of the business express loans portfolio was 
$74.9 million and the total loan loss reserves for the portfolio totaled $10.4 million. The significantly higher level of loan loss reserves established for business express loans reflect the higher losses 
experienced in the portfolio during 2025 that has informed management’s view on the remaining lifetime losses in the portfolio. Management continues to gather more empirical data to refine its 
estimate of the lifetime losses in the business express loans portfolio and believes the level of loan loss reserves established on December 31, 2025, reflect the current view on the remaining losses left 
in the portfolio based on available information at that time. The Bank discontinued the origination of business express loans during 2023 and no longer offers this product to its customers.
 
SBA Lending. The Bank offers qualifying business loans guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). Amongst other characteristics, SBA borrowers are often sound businesses but 
may have a smaller amount of equity funds to invest in their businesses, may be at an emergent stage of business development, or have other characteristics that may make them ineligible for 
conventional bank loans. There is a well-developed market for the sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank’s largest SBA loan has an outstanding balance 
of $4.8 million and is secured by a gym located in Marlboro, NJ. This loan is performing in accordance with its terms at December 31, 2025.
 
Residential Lending. Residential loans are secured by one-to-four family dwellings, condominiums and cooperative units. Residential mortgage loans are secured by properties located in our primary 
lending areas of Bergen, Essex, Middlesex, Hudson, Monmouth and Richmond Counties; adjoining counties are considered as our secondary lending areas. Generally, we originate residential 
mortgage loans up to 80 percent loan-to-value at a maximum loan amount of $2.5 million and 75 percent loan-to-value at a maximum loan amount of $5.0 million for primary residences. The loan-to-
value ratio is based on the lesser of the appraised value or the purchase price without the requirement of private mortgage insurance. We will originate loans with loan-to-value ratios up to 90 percent, 
provided the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance approval. We originate both fixed and adjustable-rate residential loans with a term of up to 30 years. We offer 15, 20, and 30 year fixed, 
15/30-year balloon and 3/1, 5/1, 7/1 and 10/1 adjustable-rate loans with payments being calculated to include principal, interest, taxes and insurance. The 3/1 and 5/1 adjustable-rate loans are qualified 
at 2.0 percent above the start rate; all other loans are qualified at the start rate. We have a number of correspondent relationships with third party lenders in which we deliver closed first mortgage 
loans. Our correspondent banking relationships allow us to offer customers competitive long-term fixed and adjustable-rate loans we could not otherwise originate, while providing the Bank a source 
of fee income. During 2025, loans totaling approximately $1.7 million were sold in the secondary market and gains of approximately $29,000 were recognized from the sale of such loans.
 
Home Equity Loans and Home Equity Lines of Credit. The Bank offers home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by either the borrower’s primary residence, a secondary residence, or an 
investment property. Our home equity loans can be structured as loans that are disbursed in full at closing or as lines of credit. Home equity lines of credit are offered with terms up to 20 years. 
Virtually all of our home equity loans are originated with fixed rates of interest and home equity lines of credit are originated with adjustable interest rates tied to the prime rate. Home equity loans and 
lines of credit are underwritten utilizing the same criteria used to underwrite one-to-four family residential loans. Home equity lines of credit may be underwritten with a loan-to-value ratio of up to 80 
percent in a first lien position. At December 31, 2025, the outstanding and committed balances of home equity loans and lines of credit totaled $74.3 million and $43.5 million, respectively.
 
Consumer Loans. The Bank makes secured passbook, automobile and, on occasion, unsecured consumer loans. Consumer loans generally have terms between one and five years. They generally are 
made on a fixed rate basis, fully-amortizing.
 
Loan Approval Authority and Underwriting. The Bank’s Lending Policy has established lending limits for executive management. Two senior officers have the authority to approve loan requests up to 
$2.5 million (Level 1). Two executive officers (CLO or COO and CCO or CEO) have authority to approve loan requests up to $25.0 million (Level 2). For loan requests greater than $25.0 million, or 
with certain policy exceptions, Level 3 authorization is required.  Level 3 requires Level 2 signatures plus a majority of the Bank’s Loan Committee Members. Loans approved by the Loan Committee 
shall be presented to the Board of Directors for ratification in a timely manner. 
 
The Bank will customarily begin its underwriting analysis of a loan request upon receipt of a completed loan application, and all appropriate financial information from a prospective borrower. 
Property valuations or appraisals are required for all real estate collateralized loans above $500,000. Appraisals are prepared by a state-certified independent appraiser approved by the Bank Board of 
Directors.
 
4

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Loan Commitments. Written commitments are given to prospective borrowers on all approved loans. Generally, we honor commitments for up to 60 days from the date of issuance. At December 31, 
2025, our outstanding loan origination commitments totaled $33.1 million, standby letters of credit totaled $1.4 million, undisbursed construction funds totaled $6.9 million, and undisbursed lines of 
credit funds totaled $144.6 million.
 
Loan Delinquencies. Notices of nonpayment are generated to borrowers once the loan account(s) becomes either 10 or 15 days past due, as specified in the applicable promissory note. A 
nonresponsive borrower will receive collection calls and a site visit from a bank representative in addition to follow-up delinquency notices. If such payment is not received after 60 days, a notice of 
right to cure default is sent to the borrower providing 30 additional days to bring the loan current before foreclosure or other remedies are commenced. The Bank utilizes various reporting tools to 
closely monitor the performance and asset quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank complies with all federal, state and local laws regarding collection of its delinquent accounts.
 
Nonaccrual Status. Loans are placed on a nonaccrual status when the loan becomes more than 90 days delinquent or when, in our opinion, the collection of payment is doubtful. Once placed on 
nonaccrual status, the accrual of interest income is discontinued until the loan has been returned to accrual status. At December 31, 2025, the Bank had $63.3 million in non-accruing loans. The largest 
exposure of non-performing loans was a commercial real estate loan with an outstanding principal balance of approximately $16.1 million fully collateralized by a mixed-use office and retail building 
in New York.
 
As of December 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans differed from the amount of total loans past due greater than 90 days due to loans that were previously 90 days past due which are maintained on 
nonaccrual status for a minimum of six months until the borrower has demonstrated their ability to satisfy the terms of the loan. 
 
Troubled Debt Restructuring. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2022-02, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage 
Disclosures (“ASU 2022-02”) effective January 1, 2023. The amendments in ASU 2022-02 eliminated the recognition and measurement of troubled debt restructurings and enhanced disclosures for 
loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The Company had $46.8 million in loans that were both experiencing financial difficulty and modified during the twelve months 
ending December 31, 2025.
 
Criticized and Classified Loans. The Bank’s Lending Policy contains an internal rating system which evaluates the overall risk of a problem loan. When a loan is classified and determined to be 
impaired, the Bank may establish specific allowances for credit losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending 
activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. A portion of general loss allowances established to cover possible losses related to assets 
classified as substandard or doubtful may be included in determining our regulatory capital. Specific valuation allowances for credit losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital. At 
December 31, 2025, the Bank reported $188.9 million in classified assets. 
 
The Company’s internal credit risk grades are based on the definitions currently utilized by the banking regulatory agencies.  The grades assigned and definitions are as follows, and loans graded 
excellent, above average, good and watch list (risk ratings 1-5) are treated as “pass” for grading purposes. The “criticized” risk rating (6) and the “classified” risk ratings (7-9) are detailed below:
 
6 – Special Mention- Loans currently performing but with potential weaknesses including adverse trends in borrower’s operations, credit quality, financial strength, or possible collateral deficiency.
 
7 – Substandard- Loans that are inadequately protected by current sound worth, paying capacity, and collateral support. Loans on “nonaccrual” status. The loan needs special and corrective attention.
 
8 – Doubtful- Weaknesses in credit quality and collateral support make full collection improbable, but pending reasonable factors remain sufficient to defer the loss status.
 
9 – Loss- Continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. However, this does not preclude future attempts of recovery.
 
The grades are determined through the use of qualitative and quantitative matrices that consider various characteristics of the loan such as payment performance, quality of management, 
principals’/guarantors’ character, balance sheet strength, collateral quality, cash flow coverage, position within the industry, loan structure and documentation.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses. The allowance for credit losses represents the estimated amount considered necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses inherent in financial assets at the balance 
sheet date. The measurement of expected credit losses is applicable to loans receivable and securities measured at amortized cost. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures such as loan 
commitments and unused lines of credit. The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses that is charged against income. The methodology for determining the allowance for credit 
losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the 
forecasted economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses is reported separately as a contra-asset on the 
consolidated statements of financial condition. The expected credit loss for unfunded lending commitments and unfunded loan commitments is reported on the consolidated statements of financial 
condition in other liabilities while the provision for credit losses related to unfunded commitments is reported in other non-interest expense.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable. The allowance for credit losses on loans is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the loan to present the net amount expected to be collected. 
Expected losses are evaluated and calculated on a collective, or pooled, basis for those loans which share similar risk characteristics. If the loan does not share risk characteristics with other loans, the 
Company will evaluate the loan on an individual basis.  Individually evaluated loans are primarily nonaccrual and collateral dependent loans. Furthermore, the Company evaluates the pooling 
methodology at least annually to ensure that loans with similar risk characteristics are pooled appropriately. Loans are charged off against the allowance for credit losses when the Company believes 
the balances to be uncollectible. Expected recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged off or expected to be charged off.
The Company has chosen to segment its portfolio consistent with the manner in which it manages credit risk. The Company calculates estimated credit losses for these loan segments using quantitative 
models and qualitative factors. Further information on loan segmentation and the credit loss estimation is included in Note 5 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses. 
Individually Evaluated Loans. On a case-by-case basis, the Company may conclude that a loan should be evaluated on an individual basis based on its disparate risk characteristics. When the 
Company determines that a loan no longer shares similar risk characteristics with other loans in the portfolio, the allowance will be determined on an individual basis using the present value of 
expected cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral as of the reporting date, less estimated selling costs, as applicable. If the fair value of the collateral is less than the 
amortized cost basis of the loan, the Company will charge off the difference between the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell at the reporting date and the amortized cost basis of the loan.
 
5

Table of Contents
 
 
Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Commitments. The Company is required to include unfunded commitments that are expected to be funded in the future within the allowance 
calculation, other than those that are unconditionally cancelable. To arrive at that reserve, the Company relies on a third-party econometric model that calculates current utilization rates and projected 
utilization rates for different loan segments. The model then develops projections for future draws on the lines and forecasts losses to estimate reserves for each loan segment. The allowance for credit 
losses on unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition and the related credit expense is recorded in other non-interest expense in the 
consolidated statements of income.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Available for Sale Securities. For available for sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more than 
likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost 
basis is written down to fair value through income. For securities available for sale that do not meet the above criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit 
losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the Company considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost and adverse conditions related to the security, among other 
factors.  If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the 
present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount 
that the fair value is less than the amortized cost. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The 
Company elected the practical expedient of zero loss estimates for securities issued by U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. 
government, are highly rate by major agencies and have a long history of no credit losses.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as provision for, or reversal of, credit loss expense. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of 
an available for sale security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.
Accrued Interest Receivable. The Company made an accounting policy election to exclude accrued interest receivable from the amortized cost basis of loans and available for sale securities. Accrued 
interest receivable on loans and securities is reported as a component of accrued interest receivable on the consolidated statements of financial condition. 
 
Allocation of the Allowance for Credit losses. The following table illustrates the allocation of the allowance for credit losses for each category of loan. The allocation of the allowance to each category 
is not necessarily indicative of future loss in any particular category and does not restrict our use of the allowance to absorb losses in other loan categories.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 
  
2025
 
  
2024
 
  
2023
 
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in 
each Category to 
Total Loans
  
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in 
each Category to 
Total Loans
 
Amount
 
Percent of Loans in 
each Category to 
Total Loans
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Residential one-to-four family
$
 1,776 
 
 8.31 %
 $
 1,947 
 
 7.91 %
 $
 2,344 
 
7.48%
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 12,057 
 
 74.85  
  
 11,706 
 
 74.06  
  
 16,301 
 
73.38 
Cannabis related (2)
 
 1,477 
 
 2.54  
  
 -
 
 - 
  
 -
 
0.00 
Construction (1)
 
 668 
 
 2.51  
  
 2,020 
 
 4.46  
  
 3,841 
 
5.81 
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 6,676 
 
 6.18  
  
 10,737 
 
 8.24  
  
 5,811 
 
8.12 
Business express
 
 10,390 
 
 2.75  
  
 7,769 
 
 3.06  
  
 4,542 
 
3.10 
Home equity (4) 
 
 632 
 
 2.73  
  
 594 
 
 2.20  
  
 691 
 
2.00 
Consumer
 
 15 
 
 0.13  
  
 16 
 
 0.07  
  
 78 
 
0.11 
Total
$
33,691
 
100.00%
 $
34,789
 
100.00%
 $
33,608
 
100.00%
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
6

Table of Contents
 
 
The following table presents, for the years indicated, an analysis of the allowance for credit losses and other related data.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2025
 
  
2024
 
 
 
2023
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses to total loans outstanding
 
 
 1.24%  
 
 1.15 %  
 
 1.01 %
          Allowance for credit losses
 
$
 33,691 
 
$
 34,789  
 
$
 33,608  
          Total loans outstanding, net of deferred loan fees
 
$
 2,724,782 
 
$
 3,031,048  
 
$
 3,313,316  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding
 
 
 2.32%  
 
 1.48 %  
 
 0.57 %
          Nonaccrual loans 
 
$
 63,255 
 
$
 44,708  
 
$
 18,783  
          Total loans outstanding, net of deferred loan fees
 
$
 2,724,782 
 
$
 3,031,048  
 
$
 3,313,316  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for credit losses to nonaccrual loans
 
 
 53.26%  
 
 77.81%  
 
 178.93%
          Allowance for credit losses
 
$
 33,691 
 
$
 34,789  
 
$
 33,608  
          Nonaccrual loans 
 
$
 63,255 
 
$
 44,708  
 
$
 18,783  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs (recovery) during the period to daily average loans outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential one-to-four family
 
 
 (0.03)%  
 
 (0.02)%  
 
 (0.02)%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 (75) 
 
 
(48) 
 
 
(45) 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 230,543 
 
$
 243,912  
 
$
 248,847  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and multi-family
 
 
 0.02%  
 
 0.02 %  
 
 -%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 419 
 
 
 531 
 
 
 - 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 2,123,423 
 
$
 2,255,465 
 
$
 2,353,709 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cannabis related
 
 
 14.67%  
 
 -%  
 
 -%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 13,520 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 92,147 
 
$
 101,357 
 
$
 100,198 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
 
 
 -%  
 
 -%  
 
 -%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 79,968 
 
$
 164,202 
 
$
 169,448 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial business 
 
 
 8.94%  
 
 0.55%  
 
 (0.01)%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 19,450 
 
 
 1,428  
 
 
 (29) 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 217,627 
 
$
 261,656 
 
$
 244,977 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business express 
 
 
 11.99%  
 
 7.89%  
 
 0.80 %
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 9,795 
 
 
 8,011  
 
 
794 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 81,669 
 
$
 101,477 
 
$
 99,413  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity 
 
 
 -%  
 
 -%  
 
 (0.03)%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 - 
 
 
0 
 
 
(16) 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 70,495 
 
$
 66,321  
 
$
 61,984 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer
 
 
 -%  
 
 21.74 %  
 
 -%
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 - 
 
 
467 
 
 
0 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 2,085 
 
$
 2,148  
 
$
 3,268  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Loans
 
 
 1.49%  
 
 0.33 %  
 
 0.02 %
          Net charge-off (recovery) during the period
 
 
 43,109 
 
 
 10,389  
 
 
704 
          Average amount outstanding
 
$
 2,897,957 
 
$
 3,196,538  
 
$
 3,281,335 
 
Investment Activities
 
Investment Securities. We are required, under federal regulations, to maintain a minimum amount of liquid assets that may be invested in specified short-term securities and certain other investments. 
The level of liquid assets varies depending upon several factors, including: (i) the yields on investment alternatives, (ii) our judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then-available in relation to 
other opportunities, (iii) expectation of future yield levels, and (iv) our projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be used in loan origination and other activities. Debt securities, including 
mortgage-backed securities, are classified at the time of purchase, based upon management’s intentions and abilities, as securities held-to-maturity or securities available-for-sale. Debt securities 
acquired with the intent and ability to hold to maturity may be classified as held-to-maturity and stated at cost and adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, which are computed 
using the level yield method and recognized as adjustments of interest income. All other debt securities are classified as available-for-sale to serve principally as a source of liquidity.
 
As of December 31, 2025, there were no securities classified as held-to-maturity or trading. We had $126.4 million in securities classified as available for sale and $9.2 million in equity investments. 
Securities classified as available for sale were reported for financial reporting purposes at the fair value with net changes in the fair value from period to period included as a separate component of 
stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. Changes in the fair value of debt securities classified as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale do not affect our income, unless we determine there to be credit 
losses related to those securities in an unrealized loss position. As of December 31, 2025, management concluded that all unrealized losses were temporary in nature since they were related to interest 
rate fluctuations rather than any underlying credit quality of the issuers. 
 
As of December 31, 2025, our investment policy allowed investments in instruments such as: (i) U.S. Treasury obligations; (ii) U.S. federal agency or federally sponsored enterprise obligations; 
(iii) mortgage-backed securities; (iv) municipal obligations; (v) equity securities (including preferred stock), with certain regulatory limitations; (vi) certificates of deposit; and (vii) corporate debt 
(including subordinated debt). The Board of Directors may authorize additional investments.
 
 
7

Table of Contents
 
 
To supplement our lending activities, we have invested in residential mortgage-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of 
payment guarantees or credit enhancements that reduce credit risk. Mortgage-backed securities can serve as collateral for borrowings, to insure New Jersey municipal deposits through the 
Governmental Unit Deposit Protection Act (“GUDPA”) and, through repayments, as a source of liquidity. Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or 
other types of mortgages. Principal and interest payments are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries (generally government-sponsored enterprises) that pool and repackage the 
participation interests in the form of securities, to investors. The government-sponsored enterprises guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors and include Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, 
and Fannie Mae.
 
Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts. The securities are backed by pools of mortgage loans that have interest rates that are within a set range and have varying 
maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are generally referred to as mortgage participation 
certificates or pass-through certificates. The interest rate risk characteristics of the underlying pool of mortgages (i.e., fixed rate or adjustable rate) and the prepayment risk, are passed on to the 
certificate holder. The life of a mortgage-backed pass-through security is equal to the life of the underlying mortgages. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities due to scheduled 
repayments and because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
 
 
 
Maturities and yields of Securities Portfolio. The following table sets forth information regarding the scheduled maturities, amortized cost, estimated fair values, and weighted average yields for the 
Bank’s debt securities portfolio at December 31, 2025 by final contractual maturity. Average yield calculation equals the investments estimated annual income divided by the amortized cost. The 
following table does not take into consideration the effects of scheduled repayments, the effects of possible prepayments, or equity investments. Certain securities have interest rates that are adjustable 
and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. The effect of these repricings are not reflected in the table below.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
More than one to five 
years
 
  
More than five to ten 
years
 
  
More than ten years
 
  
Total investment securities
 
 
 
Amortized 
Cost
  
Average 
Yield
 
  
Amortized 
Cost
  
Average 
Yield
 
  
Amortized 
Cost
  
Average 
Yield
 
  Fair Value   
Amortized 
Cost
  
Average 
Yield
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
$
 754   
 2.50 %  $
 1,787   
 2.90 %  $
 74,040   
 4.53 %  $
 74,486  $
 76,581   
 4.47%
Corporate debt securities
 
 15,790   
 7.81 
  
 32,274   
 5.35  
  
 5,000   
 6.88  
  
 51,909   
 53,064   
 6.22  
Total debt securities
$
 16,544   
 7.56 %  $
 34,061   
 5.22 %  $
 79,040   
 4.68 %  $
 126,395  $
 129,645   
 5.19%
 
 
 
8

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Sources of Funds
 
Our major external source of funds for lending and other investment purposes is deposits. Funds are also derived from the receipt of payments on loans, prepayment of loans, maturities of investment 
securities and mortgage-backed securities and borrowings. Scheduled loan principal repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are 
significantly influenced by general interest rates and market conditions.
 
Deposits. Consumer and commercial deposits are attracted principally from within our primary market area through the offering of a selection of deposit instruments including demand, NOW, savings 
and club accounts, money market accounts, and term certificate accounts. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit, 
and the interest rate.
 
The interest rates paid by us on deposits are set at the direction of our senior management. Interest rates are determined based on our liquidity requirements, interest rates paid by our competitors, our 
growth goals, and applicable regulatory restrictions and requirements. As of December 31, 2025, we had $80.5 million in brokered certificate deposits. Reciprocal deposits are not considered brokered 
deposits under applicable regulations.
 
Deposit Accounts. The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits in the various types of deposit programs we offered as of the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
Weighted 
Average Rate(1)
 
 
 
Amount
 
Weighted 
Average Rate(1)
 
 
 
Amount
 
Weighted 
Average Rate(1)
 
 
 
Amount
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Non-interest bearing accounts
 -%
 $ 
 531,140  
 -%
 $ 
 520,387  
 -%
 $ 
 536,264
Interest bearing checking
 1.65 
  
 501,172  
 1.75 
  
 553,731  
 1.28 
  
 564,912
Savings and club accounts
 0.32 
  
 243,670  
 0.23 
  
 252,491  
 0.20 
  
 284,273
Money market 
 3.17 
  
 426,138  
 3.35 
  
 395,004  
 2.54 
  
 370,934
Certificates of deposit 
 3.96 
  
 971,453  
 4.81 
  
 1,029,245  
 3.99 
  
 1,222,697
    Total 
 2.82%
 $ 
 2,673,573  
 3.34%
 $ 
 2,750,858  
 2.49%
 $ 
 2,979,080
 
(1) Represents annual interest expense divided by daily average balance.
 
The following table sets forth our deposit flows during the years indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
  
2024
 
  
2023
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Beginning of year
$ 
 2,750,858 
 
 $ 
2,979,080
 
 $ 
2,811,607  
Net change in deposits
 
 (138,817)
 
  
(307,771)
 
  
113,286  
Interest credited on deposit accounts 
 
 61,532  
 
 
79,549 
 
 
54,187 
  Total (decrease) increase in deposit accounts 
 
 (77,285) 
 
 
(228,222) 
 
 
167,473 
Ending balance 
$ 
 2,673,573 
 
 $ 
2,750,858
 
 $ 
2,979,080  
Percent (decrease) increase 
 
(2.81)%  
 
(7.66)%  
 
5.96%
 
  
    
    
 
 
  
    
    
 
 
Uninsured Deposits. The following table indicates the amount of uninsured deposits and the portion of uninsured time deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits by time remaining until maturity.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Uninsured deposits
$ 
 1,194,343 $ 
 1,161,219  $ 
 1,111,756 
 
 
   
   
 
Uninsured U.S. time deposits with 
  
 
 
a maturity of:
  
 
 
  3 months or less
$
 134,083 $
 68,325  $
 97,312 
  Over 3 months through 6 months
 
 125,497  
 128,968   
 35,657 
  Over 6 months through 12 months
 
 72,679  
 84,465   
 99,638 
  Over 12 months
 
 4,959  
 8,968   
 5,611 
Total 
$ 
 337,218 $ 
 290,726  $ 
 238,218 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
The following table presents, by rate category, our certificate of deposit accounts as of the dates indicated. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
2025
 
  
2024
 
  
2023
 
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
  
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Certificate of deposit rates:
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
0.00% - 0.99% 
$  
 71,464 
 7.36%
 $  
 62,693 
 6.09%
 $  
 89,455 
 7.32%
1.00% - 1.99% 
 
 6 
 -
 
  
 651 
 0.06
 
  
 5,471 
 0.45
 
2.00% - 2.99% 
 
 2,478 
 0.26
 
  
 2,975 
 0.29
 
  
 17,686 
 1.45
 
3.00% - 3.99% 
 
 658,578 
 67.79
 
  
 90,222 
 8.77
 
  
 68,877 
 5.63
 
4.00% - 4.99% 
 
 236,069 
 24.30
 
  
 518,534 
 50.38
 
  
 177,750 
 14.54
 
5.00% - 5.99% 
 
 2,858 
 0.29
 
  
 354,170 
 34.41
 
  
 863,458 
 70.61
 
Total 
$  
 971,453
 
100.00%
 $  
1,029,245
 
100.00%
 $  
1,222,697
 
100.00%
 
The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of certificate of deposit accounts outstanding as of December 31, 2025.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity Date
 
 
1 Year
  
Over 1
  
Over 2
  
Over
  
 
 
 
or Less
  
to 2 Years
  
to 3 Years
  
3 Years
  
Total
 
 
(In Thousands)
Interest rate:
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
0.00% - 0.99% 
$ 
 65,626
 $ 
 2,262
 $ 
 2,258
 $ 
 1,318
 $ 
 71,464
1.00% - 1.99% 
 
 -
  
 -
  
 6
  
 -
  
 6
2.00% - 2.99% 
 
 1,780
  
 698
  
 -
  
 -
  
 2,478
3.00% - 3.99% 
 
 647,798
  
 10,304
  
 22
  
 454
  
 658,578
4.00% - 4.99% 
 
 236,016
  
 -
  
 -
  
 53
  
 236,069
5.00% - 5.99%
 
 2,858
  
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 2,858
Total 
$ 
 954,078
 $ 
 13,264
 $ 
 2,286
 $ 
 1,825
 $ 
 971,453
 
Borrowings. The Overnight Advance Program permits the Bank to borrow overnight up to its maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At December 31, 2025, the Bank’s total credit exposure 
cannot exceed 50 percent of its total assets, or $1.640 billion, based on the borrowing limitations outlined in the FHLB member products guide. The total credit exposure limit to 50 percent of total 
assets is recalculated each quarter. Additionally, at December 31, 2025 we had floating rate junior subordinated debentures of $4.1 million which have been callable at the Bank’s option since June 17, 
2009, and quarterly thereafter, and fixed-to-floating rate 10-year subordinated debentures of $40.0 million. 
 
The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our overnight borrowings at the dates and for the years indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At or For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
 
2024
 
 
 
2023
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at end of year
$             
-
 
 
$             
 -
 
 
$             
 -
 
Average balance during year
$             
 87
 
 
$             
 2
 
 
$             
 804
 
Maximum outstanding at any month end 
$             
 30,000
 
 
$             
 -
 
 
$             
 65,000
 
Weighted average interest rate at end of year
 
-
%
 
 
 -
%  
 
 -
%
Average interest rate during year
 
 4.66
%
 
 
 6.33
%  
 
 4.77
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsidiaries
 
We have three non-bank subsidiaries. BCB Holding Company Investment Corp. was established in 2004 for the purpose of holding and investing in securities. Only securities authorized to be 
purchased by BCB Community Bank are held by BCB Holding Company Investment Corp. At December 31, 2025, this company held $135.6 million in securities. As a part of the merger with IA 
Bancorp, Inc., the Company acquired Special Asset REO 1, LLC and Special Asset REO 2, LLC. The Bank changed the name of Special Asset REO 1, LLC to BCB Capital Finance Group, LLC in 
November 2023. It has not conducted any business as of December 31, 2025. Special Asset REO 2, LLC had one foreclosed property at December 31, 2025 totaling $5.0 million. 
 
Human Capital
 
The Company’s long-term growth and success depends on its ability to attract, develop and retain a high-performing and diverse workforce. The Company strives to provide a work environment that 
promotes collaboration, productivity, and employee engagement, which in turn drives both employee and customer success, as well as benefits the communities in which the Company does business.
 
The Company’s Board of Directors and executive team oversee the strategic management of the Company’s human capital resources, and the Company’s Human Resources Department manages the 
day-to- day of those resources.
 
Employee profile
 
As of December 31, 2025, the Company had 295 full-time employees, 34 part-time employees, and no commissioned employees, for a total of 329 employees. In addition, approximately 61% of the 
Company’s employees are female and 39% are male, and the average tenure was 7.03 years as of December 31, 2025.
 
 
10
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Total Rewards
 
As part of the Company’s compensation philosophy, market competitive programs are maintained for employees to attract and retain superior talent. In addition to competitive base wages, additional 
programs include annual bonus compensation opportunities, a Company-matched 401(k) Plan, health and welfare benefits, flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave, and employee 
assistance programs. Some employees also receive grants of equity awards in the Company’s stock. In addition, the Company promotes health and wellness by encouraging work-life balance, and 
offering flexible work schedules. 
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. These laws and regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors and the deposit insurance funds, 
rather than to protect shareholders and creditors. The description below is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed and is not intended to be a complete description of 
such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Parent Company or the Bank.
 
Set forth below is a summary of certain material regulatory requirements applicable to the Parent Company and the Bank. These and any other changes in applicable laws or regulations, whether by 
Congress or regulatory agencies, may have a material effect on the business and prospects of the Parent Company and the Bank.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act
 
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) significantly changed bank regulation and has affected the lending, investment, trading, and operating 
activities of depository institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) with extensive powers to supervise and 
enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to 
prohibit “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” acts and practices. The Dodd-Frank Act required the CFPB to issue regulations requiring lenders to make a reasonable good faith determination as to a 
prospective borrower’s ability to repay a residential mortgage loan. The final “Ability to Repay” rules, which were effective beginning January 2014, established a “qualified mortgage” safe harbor for 
loans whose terms and features are deemed to make the loan less risky.
 
In May 2025, President Trump signed a Congressional Review Act resolution that overturned the CFPB’s December 2024 final rule, which would have taken effect October 1, 2025 and imposed 
certain requirements on overdraft fees, similar to those that apply to credit cards, unless the financial institution limited the amount of overdraft fees to the higher of the amount of costs and losses to 
provide overdraft services or $5.00.
 
Bank Holding Company Regulation
 
As a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, the Company is subject to the regulation and supervision applicable to bank holding companies by 
the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is also subject to the provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “New Jersey Banking Act”) and the regulations of the Commissioner of the New 
Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (“Commissioner”). The Company is required to file reports with the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner regarding its business operations and 
those of its subsidiaries.
 
Federal Regulation. The Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior 
Federal Reserve Board approval would be required for the Company to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if it would, 
directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5.0 percent of any class of voting shares of the bank or bank holding company. 
 
A bank holding company is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring, direct or indirect control of more than 5.0 percent of the voting securities of any company engaged in non-banking 
activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper 
incident thereto. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are: (i) making or servicing loans; (ii) performing certain 
data processing services; (iii) providing securities brokerage services; (iv) acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor; (v) leasing personal or real property under certain conditions; (vi) making 
investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and (vii) acquiring a savings association. 
A bank holding company that meets specified conditions, including depository institutions subsidiaries that are “well capitalized” and “well managed,” may opt to become a “financial holding 
company.” A “financial holding company” may engage in a broader array of financial activities than permitted a typical bank holding company. Such activities can include insurance underwriting and 
investment banking. The Company has not elected “financial holding company” status.
 
A bank holding company is generally required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of then-outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for 
the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10.0 percent or more of the company’s 
consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate 
any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted an exception 
to that approval requirement for well-capitalized bank holding companies that meet certain other conditions.
 
The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policies provide that dividends 
should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and 
overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also require that a bank holding company serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by using available resources to 
provide capital funds during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary 
banks where necessary. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy. Under the prompt corrective action laws, the ability of a bank holding company to pay dividends may be restricted 
if a subsidiary bank becomes undercapitalized. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of the Company to pay dividends or otherwise engage in capital distributions. 
 
The Company's status as a registered bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act will not exempt it from certain federal and state laws and regulations applicable to corporations 
generally, including, without limitation, certain provisions of the federal securities laws.
New Jersey Regulation. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning or controlling a bank is regulated as a bank holding company and must file certain reports with the Commissioner and 
is subject to examination by the Commissioner. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, as well as Federal law, no person may acquire control of the Company or the Bank without first obtaining approval 
of such acquisition of control from the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner. 
 
 
11
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Bank Regulation
 
As a New Jersey-chartered commercial bank, the Bank is subject to the regulation, supervision, and examination of the Commissioner. As a state-chartered bank, the Bank is subject to the regulation, 
supervision, and examination of the FDIC as its primary federal regulator. The regulations of the FDIC and the Commissioner impact virtually all of our activities, including the minimum level of 
capital we must maintain, our ability to pay dividends, our ability to expand through new branches or acquisitions, and various other matters.
 
Capital Requirements.  Federal regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5 
percent, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0 percent, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0 percent, and a 4.0 percent Tier l capital to total assets leverage ratio. 
 
In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not 
hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5 percent of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.
 
In lieu of complying with the capital requirements set forth above, qualifying community banking organizations may opt-in to the community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) framework (tier 1 capital 
to average consolidated assets). Such institutions that maintain a CBLR of at least 9.0 percent, are under $10.0 billion in assets and meet certain other qualifying criteria will automatically be deemed 
to be well-capitalized. 
 
Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness to 
implement safety and soundness standards. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository 
institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit system, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate exposure, 
asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and, more recently, safeguarding customer information. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution 
fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. 
 
Business and Investment Activities. Under federal law, all state-chartered FDIC-insured banks have been limited in their activities as principal and in their equity investments to the type and the 
amount authorized for national banks, notwithstanding state law. Federal law permits exceptions to these limitations. For example, certain state-chartered banks may, with FDIC approval, continue to 
exercise state authority to invest in common or preferred stocks listed on a national securities exchange and in the shares of an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 
1940, as amended. The maximum permissible investment is the lesser of 100.0 percent of Tier 1 capital or the maximum amount permitted by New Jersey law. 
 
The FDIC is also authorized to permit state banks to engage in state-authorized activities or investments not permissible for national banks (other than non-subsidiary equity investments) if they meet 
all applicable capital requirements and it is determined that such activities or investments do not pose a significant risk to the FDIC insurance fund. The FDIC has adopted regulations governing the 
procedures for institutions seeking approval to engage in such activities or investments. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 specified that a state bank may control a subsidiary that engages in 
activities as principal that would only be permitted for a national bank to conduct in a “financial subsidiary,” if a bank meets specified conditions and deducts its investment in the subsidiary for 
regulatory capital purposes. 
 
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet 
minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically 
undercapitalized. 
Under FDIC regulations, an institution is deemed to be “well-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 percent or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0 percent or greater, a 
leverage ratio of 5.0 percent or greater, and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 6.5 percent or greater. An institution is “adequately-capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0 percent or 
greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or greater, a leverage ratio of 4.0 percent or greater and a common equity Tier 1 ratio of 4.5 percent or greater. An institution is “undercapitalized” 
if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, a leverage ratio of less than 4.0 percent or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less 
than 4.5 percent. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, a 
leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent or a common equity Tier 1 ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution is considered to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as 
defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent.
 
As noted above, these requirements do not apply to banks with less than $10.0 billion in assets who elect to follow the CBLR. The FDIC’s rule provides that the bank will be well-capitalized, with a 
community bank leverage ratio of 9.0 percent or greater. A banking organization that has a leverage ratio that is greater than 8.0 percent and equal to or less than 9.0 percent is allowed a two-quarter 
grace period after which it must either (i) again meet all qualifying criteria or (ii) apply and report the generally applicable rule. During this two-quarter period, a banking organization that is an insured 
depository institution and that has a leverage ratio that is greater than 8.0 percent would be considered to have met the well-capitalized capital ratio requirements for prompt corrective action purposes. 
An electing banking organization with a leverage ratio of 8.0 percent or less is not eligible for the grace period and must comply with the generally applicable rule, i.e. for the quarter in which the 
banking organization reports a leverage ratio of 8.0 percent or less. An electing banking organization experiencing or anticipating such an event would be expected to notify its primary federal 
supervisory agency, which would respond as appropriate to the circumstances of the banking organization. 
 
“Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a 
plan must be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5.0 percent of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or 
the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an “undercapitalized” bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” 
“Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional measures, including, but not limited to, a required sale of sufficient voting stock to become adequately 
capitalized, a requirement to reduce total assets, cessation of taking deposits from correspondent banks, the dismissal of directors or officers, restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, 
compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the parent holding company. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow 
exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status. 
 
Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured state banks, including the Bank. That enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money 
penalties, issue cease and desist orders, and remove directors and officers. In general, enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound 
practices. The FDIC also has authority under federal law to appoint a conservator or receiver for an insured bank under certain circumstances. The FDIC is required, with certain exceptions, to appoint 
a receiver or conservator for an insured state non-member bank if that bank was “critically undercapitalized” on average during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the 
institution became “critically undercapitalized.” 
 
 
12
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Federal Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  Our deposits are insured by the FDIC in the maximum amount permitted of $250,000 per depositor.  
 
The Bank pays assessments to the FDIC to support its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured institutions pay insurance 
premiums at rates based on their risk classification. For institutions like the Bank that are not considered large and highly complex banking organizations, assessments are now based on examination 
ratings and financial ratios. The total base assessment rates currently range from 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points. At least semi-annually, the FDIC updates its loss and income projections for the DIF 
and, if needed, increases or decreases the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking. The assessment base against which an FDIC-insured institution’s deposit insurance 
premiums paid to the DIF has been calculated since effectiveness of the Dodd-Frank Act based on its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity.
 
The DIF has a designated reserve (target) ratio (“DRR”) of 2.00% of the estimated insured deposits. Dividends are required to be paid to the industry should the DRR exceed 1.50% but grants the 
FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends. The assessment base for insured depository institutions is the average consolidated total assets 
during an assessment period less average tangible equity capital during that assessment period. 
 
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot 
predict what assessment rates will be in the future.
 
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has 
violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit 
insurance.  
 
Community Reinvestment Act. All FDIC-insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their 
communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state-chartered bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance 
with the CRA. On October 24, 2023, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency issued a final rule to strengthen and modernize the CRA regulations. In 
July 2025, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking, which, if finalized, will rescind the CRA final rule issued in October 2023 and reinstate that CRA framework that 
existed prior to the issuance of that rule. Implementation of the October 2023 final rule, which was subject to an injunction and has not taken effect, would have materially changed the CRA 
framework, including imposing additional costs and changing how CRA performance would be assessed. 
 
BCB Community Bank’s latest FDIC CRA rating dated June 25, 2024, was “satisfactory.”
 
Anti-Money Laundering. The Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, contains anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions 
intended to detect and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Bank Secrecy Act requires financial institutions such as depository 
institutions to undertake activities, including maintaining an AML program, verifying the identity of customers, verifying the identity of certain beneficial owners for legal entity customers, monitoring 
for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions exceeding specified thresholds, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement 
agencies. The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act and, therefore, is required to implement compliance policies, procedures, and internal controls, provide its employees with AML training, 
designate an AML compliance officer, and undergo periodic independent auditing and testing to assess the effectiveness of its AML program, among other requirements. The Bank has implemented an 
AML compliance program, including policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with these AML requirements. Bank regulators continue to focus their examinations on 
AML compliance, and we will continue to monitor and augment, where necessary, our AML compliance programs, including the Bank’s. The federal banking agencies are required, when reviewing 
bank and BHC acquisition or merger applications, to take into account the effectiveness of the AML activities of the applicant.
The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, enacted as part of the National Defense Authorization Act, requires the U.S. Treasury to issue National Anti-Money Laundering and Countering the 
Financing of Terrorism Priorities, and conduct studies and issue regulations that may, over the next few years, significantly alter some of the due diligence, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements 
that the Bank Secrecy Act imposes on banks. The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 also contains provisions that promote increased information-sharing and use of technology and increases 
penalties for violations of the Bank Secrecy Act and includes whistleblower incentives, both of which could increase the prospect of regulatory enforcement.
OFAC Regulation. OFAC is the primary U.S. regulatory authority responsible for administering economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries and territories, nationals, 
and others, as defined by various Executive Orders and in various legislation. OFAC-administered sanctions take many different forms. For example, sanctions may include: (1) restrictions on trade 
with or investment in a sanctioned country or territory, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country or territory, and prohibitions on U.S. persons 
engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country or territory; and (2) a blocking of assets in which the 
government or “specially designated nationals” of the sanctioned country or territory, or other sanctioned individuals or entities, have an interest by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. 
jurisdiction, including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons. OFAC also publishes lists of blocked or designated persons, organizations, and entities, including the Specially Designated 
Nationals and Blocked Persons List. Blocked assets, for example property and bank deposits, cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure 
to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences. Other jurisdictions and multilateral bodies also administer and impose sanctions.
 
Cyber-security. Federal and state legislation and regulations contain extensive cybersecurity and data privacy provisions. Our regulatory agencies including the CFPB, FDIC, and Federal Reserve also 
have oversight over us with respect to cybersecurity and data privacy. We are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of the CFPB and Federal Trade Commission, which 
regulate unfair or deceptive acts or practices, including with respect to cybersecurity and data privacy. In addition, effective April 1, 2022, the Federal Reserve and FDIC issued a rule that, among other 
things, requires a banking organization to notify its primary federal regulator as soon as possible and within 36 hours after identifying a “computer-security incident” that the banking organization 
believes in good faith could materially disrupt, degrade or impair its business or operations in a manner that would, among other things, jeopardize the viability of its operations, result in customers 
being unable to access their deposit and other accounts, result in a material loss of revenue, profit or franchise value, or pose a threat to the stability of the U.S. financial sector. 
 
Federal regulators have issued two related statements regarding cyber-security. One statement indicates that financial institutions should design multiple layers of security controls to establish lines of 
defense and ensure their risk management processes also address the risk posed by compromised client credentials, including security measures to reliably authenticate clients accessing internet-based 
services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial institution’s management is expected to maintain sufficient business continuity planning processes to ensure the rapid 
recovery, resumption, and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack involving destructive malware. A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to 
enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack. If 
we fail to observe the regulatory guidance, we could be subject to various regulatory sanctions, including financial penalties.
 
13
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
 In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our operations and to store sensitive data. We employ a variety of preventative and 
detective controls and tools to monitor, block, and provide alerts regarding suspicious activity and to report on any suspected advanced persistent threats. We also offset cyber risk through internal 
training, testing of our employees, and we procure insurance to provide assistance on significant incidents and to offset potential liability.
 
We have not experienced a significant compromise, significant data loss, or any material financial losses related to cyber-security attacks. Risks and exposures related to cyber-security attacks are 
expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of third-party service providers, internet 
banking, mobile banking, and other technology-based products and services by us and our clients.
 
Compensation. The scope and content of compensation regulation in the financial industry are continuing to develop, and we expect that these regulations and resulting market practices will continue 
to evolve over a number of years. The federal bank regulatory agencies have issued joint guidance on executive compensation designed to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking 
organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, do not encourage imprudent risk taking and are consistent with the safety and soundness of the organization. The SEC has a rule that directs stock 
exchanges to require listed companies to implement clawback policies to recover incentive-based compensation from current or former executive officers in the event of certain financial restatements 
and requires companies to disclose their clawback policies and their actions under those policies.
 
Transactions with Affiliates
 
Transactions between banks and their related parties or affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is 
controlled by, or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are 
affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W (i) limit the extent to which the bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with 
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10.0 percent of such institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20.0 
percent of such institution’s capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those 
provided to non-affiliates. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchasing of assets, issuance of a guarantee, and other similar transactions. In addition, loans or other 
extensions of credit by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. The Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by a company to its executive officers and directors. However, the law contains a specific exception for loans by a depository institution to its executive 
officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws assuming such loans are also permitted under the law of the institution’s chartering state. Under such laws, the Bank’s authority to extend 
credit to executive officers, directors and 10.0 percent shareholders (“insiders”), as well as entities such person’s control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans 
the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on the Bank’s capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans are required to be made on terms substantially 
the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is 
widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are further limited by specific categories.
 
Dividends 
 
The primary source of cash to pay dividends to the Company’s shareholders and to meet the Company’s obligations is dividends paid to the Company by the Bank. The Bank may pay dividends to the 
Company as declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available, subject to certain restrictions. Under the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended, the Bank may 
not pay a cash dividend unless, following the payment, the Bank’s capital stock will be unimpaired and the Bank will have a surplus of no less than 50.0 percent of the Bank capital stock or, if not, the 
payment of the dividend will not reduce the surplus. In addition, the Bank cannot pay dividends in amounts that would reduce the Bank’s capital below regulatory imposed minimums.
 
See the discussion above under “Bank Holding Company Regulation” for a description of the Federal Reserve Board’s policy on bank holding companies paying cash dividends. Under New Jersey 
law, corporations like the Parent Company may not pay dividends when insolvent.
 
Federal Securities Laws
 
The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). The Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, 
insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We prepare this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our proxy materials and our other periodic and current 
reports as a “smaller reporting company” consistent with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Under the Exchange Act, the Company is required to conduct a comprehensive review and assessment of the adequacy of our existing financial systems and controls. For the year ended December 31, 
2025, the Company’s auditors are required to audit our internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
14
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
 
AVAILABILITY OF ANNUAL REPORT
 
Our Annual Report is available on our website, www.bcb.bank. We will also provide our Annual Report on Form 10-K free of charge to shareholders who request a copy in writing from the Corporate 
Secretary at 104-110 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey 07002.
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
Our business and results of operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the 
Company are described below. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair the Company’s business operations. 
This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely 
affected.
 
Our risk factors can be broadly summarized by the following categories:
 

Credit and Interest Rate Risks;

Risks Related to the Company’s Common Stock;

Economic Risks;

Operational Risks;

Risks Related to the Regulation of our Industry; and,

Strategic Risks.
 
CREDIT AND INTEREST RATE RISKS
 
Our loan portfolio consists of a high percentage of loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family real estate, and commercial business loans. These loans are riskier than loans 
secured by one-to-four family properties.
 
At December 31, 2025, $2.096 billion, or 76.86 percent, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial and multi-family real estate loans, including cannabis related commercial real 
estate. We intend to continue to emphasize the origination of these types of loans. Another $252.2 million, or 9.25 percent, of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial business loans. These 
commercial loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of nonpayment and loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful 
operation and income stream of the collateral that is pledged or the business itself. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to 
one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to 
an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential mortgage loan.
 
Commercial loans and commercial real estate loans generally carry larger balances and can involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than other loans. As a result, banking 
regulators continue to give greater scrutiny to lenders with a high concentration of commercial real estate loans in their portfolios, such as us, and such lenders are expected to implement stricter 
underwriting standards, internal controls, risk management policies, and portfolio stress testing, as well as higher capital levels and loss allowances. The increased financial and credit risk associated 
with these types of loans are a result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic 
conditions on income-producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. If we cannot effectively manage the risk associated with our high 
concentration of commercial real estate loans, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. 
 
The Bank has further segregated its commercial real estate portfolio into cannabis related loans and its commercial business portfolio into commercial business express loans, as these 
portfolios carry higher risk relative to other commercial real estate and commercial business loans.  The portfolio amounts and percentages presented above in this narrative reflect total loans before 
reclassifications of specialty portfolios.  Footnote disclosures present specialty loan segments separately, so the amounts will not directly reconcile. 
 
On December 31, 2025, the size of the cannabis related loan portfolio was $69.3 million and the total loan loss reserve for the portfolio was $1.5 million.  During the twelve months of 
2025, the company experienced $13.5 million in net charge offs and $15.1 million in OREO expenses related to cannabis commercial real estate. No net charge-offs or OREO expenses were recorded 
for this portfolio in 2024. 
 
On December 31, 2025, the size of the business express loans portfolio was $74.9 million and the total loan loss reserves for the portfolio totaled $10.4 million. The significantly higher 
level of loan loss reserves established for business express loans reflect the higher losses experienced in the portfolio. During the twelve months of 2025, the Company experienced $9.8 million in net 
charge offs compared to $8.0 million in net charge offs for the same period in 2024. The elevated charge-offs experienced were driven by the deterioration experienced in the business express loans.
 
If our allowance for credit losses is not sufficient to cover actual credit losses, our earnings could decrease.
 
Our loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may 
experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We maintain allowance for credit losses on loans and off-balance sheet exposures. The 
calculation of allowance for credit losses utilizes the use of econometric models that rely on various assumptions including but not limited to historical credit loss experience, economic forecasts, and 
expected future credit risks and trends. Additionally, Management relies on qualitative adjustments, as deemed necessary, to supplement the quantitative results generated by the models. Several 
factors including possibility of a recession, inflation, global pandemics, natural disasters, changes in regulations, identification of additional loan downgrades and other factors that are within and 
outside of our control may require a material increase in the allowance for credit losses for both on balance sheet loans and off-balance sheet credit exposures. Any increase in the allowance for credit 
losses will negatively impact our net income, possibly capital, and may have an adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
 
While we have only been operating for 25 years, we have experienced significant growth in our loan portfolio, particularly in loans secured by commercial real estate. Although we believe 
we have underwriting standards to manage normal lending risks, it is difficult to assess the future performance of our loan portfolio due to the relatively recent origination of many of these loans. We 
can give you no assurance that our non-performing loans will not increase or that our non-performing or delinquent loans will not adversely affect our future performance.
 
15
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our allowance for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-
offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial 
condition.
 
The asset quality of our loan portfolio may continue to deteriorate if the economy falters, resulting in a portion of our loans failing to perform in accordance with their terms. Under such 
circumstances our profitability will be adversely affected.
 
At December 31, 2025, we had $188.9 million in classified loans of which none were classified as doubtful or loss. We also had $170.6 million of loans that were classified as special 
mention. In addition, at that date we had $63.3 million in non-accruing loans, or 2.32 percent of total loans. We have adhered to stringent underwriting standards in the origination of our loans, but 
there can be no assurance that loans that we originated will not experience asset quality deterioration as a result of a downturn in the local or broader economy. Should our local or regional economy 
weaken, our asset quality may deteriorate resulting in losses to the Company. 
Changes in interest rates could hurt our profits.
 
Our profitability, like most financial institutions, depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as 
loans and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowed funds. Accordingly, our results of operations depend largely on movements in market interest 
rates and our ability to manage our interest-rate-sensitive assets and liabilities in response to these movements. Factors such as inflation, recession, and instability in financial markets, among other 
factors beyond our control, may affect interest rates.
 
If interest rates rise, and if rates on our deposits and variable rate borrowings reprice upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we could experience compression 
of our interest rate spread, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. Conversely, decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, 
as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk, as we may have to redeploy such loan or securities proceeds into lower-yielding 
assets, which might also negatively impact our income.
 
Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations. Also, our interest 
rate risk-modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results.
 
 While we pursue an asset/liability strategy designed to mitigate our risk from changes in interest rates, changes in interest rates can still have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition and results of operations. Changes in the level of interest rates also may negatively affect our ability to originate real estate loans, the value of our assets and our ability to realize gains from 
the sale of our assets, all of which ultimately affect our earnings. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Item 7A. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About 
Market Risk.”
 
Rising interest rates have decreased the value of a portion of the Company’s securities portfolio, and the Company would realize losses if it were required to sell such securities to meet 
liquidity needs.
 
As a result of inflationary pressures and the resulting rapid increases in interest rates in 2023 and 2024, our securities classified as available for sale carry unrealized net loss. The 
Company’s unrealized net loss on debt securities totaled $3.3 million on a pre-tax basis at December 31, 2025. If the Company were required to sell such securities to meet liquidity needs, including in 
the event of deposit outflows or slower deposit growth, it may incur losses, which could negatively impact the Company’s capital, financial condition, and results of operations. While the Company 
has taken actions to maximize its funding sources, there is no guarantee that such actions will be successful or sufficient in the event of sudden liquidity needs.
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK
 
Our dividend policy may change without notice, and our future ability to pay dividends is also subject to regulatory restrictions.
 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such cash dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends. We are a 
holding company that conducts substantially all of our operations through the Bank. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock will depend primarily upon the receipt of 
dividends and other distributions from the Bank. Under New Jersey banking law, the Bank may pay a dividend to the Company provided that following the payment of the dividend the capital stock of 
the Bank will be unimpaired and the Bank will have a surplus of not less than 50 percent of its capital stock, or if not, the payment of such dividend will not reduce the surplus of the Bank.
 
Under New Jersey law, the Company may not make a distribution, if, after giving effect to the distribution, it would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of 
business or if its total assets would be less than its liabilities. It is also the policy of the Federal Reserve that a bank holding company generally may only pay dividends on common stock out of net 
income available to common shareholders over the past twelve months and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with a bank holding company’s capital needs, asset 
quality, and overall financial condition. A bank holding company also should not maintain a dividend level that places undue pressure on the capital of such institution’s subsidiaries, or that may 
undermine the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength for such subsidiaries.
 
Our current intention is to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend. However, any declaration and payment of dividends on common stock will substantially depend upon our earnings and 
financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory and state law restrictions, general economic conditions and regulatory climate and other factors deemed relevant by our board of 
directors. Furthermore, consistent with our strategic plans, growth initiatives, capital availability, projected liquidity needs, and other factors, we have made, and will continue to make, capital 
management decisions and policies that could adversely impact the amount of dividends, if any, paid to our stockholders. 
 
Our common stock is not heavily traded, and the stock price may fluctuate significantly.
 
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ under the symbol “BCBP.” Certain brokers currently make a market in the common stock, but such transactions are infrequent and the volume 
of shares traded is relatively small. Management cannot predict whether these or other brokers will continue to make a market in our common stock. Prices on stock that is not heavily traded, such as 
our common stock, can be more volatile than heavily traded stock. Factors such as our financial results, the introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors, publicity regarding the 
banking industry, inflation, changing interest rates, and various other factors affecting the banking industry may have a significant impact on the market price of the shares of the common stock. 
Management cannot predict the extent to 
 
16
 

Table of Contents
 
 
which an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained in the future. Accordingly, stockholders may not be able to sell their shares of our common stock at the volumes, 
prices, or times that they desire.
ECONOMIC RISKS
 
Inflation can have an adverse impact on the Company’s business and its customers. 
 
Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. Commencing in 2022 and continuing 
into 2023, in response to a pronounced rise in inflation, the Federal Reserve raised certain benchmark interest rates to combat inflation. As discussed above under CREDIT AND INTEREST RATE 
RISKS— Changes in interest rates could hurt our profits, as inflation increases and market interest rates rise, the value of the Company’s investment securities, particularly those with longer 
maturities, decreases, although this effect can be less pronounced for floating rate instruments. In addition, inflation generally increases the cost of goods and services the Company uses in its business 
operations, such as electricity and other utilities, and also generally increases employee wages, any of which can increase the Company’s non-interest expenses. Furthermore, the Company’s customers 
are also affected by inflation and the rising costs of goods and services used in their households and businesses, which could have a negative impact on their ability to repay their loans with the 
Company. Sustained higher interest rates by the Federal Reserve Board to tame persistent inflationary price pressures could also push down asset prices and weaken economic activity. A deterioration 
in economic conditions in the United States and the Company’s markets could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values and a decrease 
in demand for the Company’s products and services, all of which, in turn, would adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Events similar to the COVID-19 pandemic could adversely affect our business activities, financial condition, and results of operations. 
 
The occurrence of events which adversely affect the global, national and regional economies, like the COVID-19 pandemic, may have a negative impact on our business. Like other 
financial institutions, our business relies upon the ability and willingness of our customers to transact business with us, including banking, borrowing and other financial transactions. A strong and 
stable economy at each of the local, federal and global levels is often a critical component of consumer confidence and typically correlates positively with our customers’ ability and willingness to 
transact certain types of business with us. Local and global events outside of our control which disrupt the New Jersey, New York, United States and/or global economy may therefore negatively 
impact our business and financial condition. A public health crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic is no exception, and its adverse health and economic effects may adversely impact our business and 
financial condition. 
 
Instability in global economic conditions and geopolitical matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Instability in global economic conditions and geopolitical matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The macroeconomic environment 
in the U.S. is susceptible to global events and volatility in financial markets. For example, global conflicts (including the continuing conflicts involving Ukraine and the Russian Federation and those 
in the Middle East) or other similar events, as well as government actions of other restrictions in connection with such events, and trade negotiations between the U.S. and other nations could adversely 
impact economic and market conditions for the Company and its clients and counterparties. In addition, global supply chain disruptions may cause prolonged inflation, adversely impact consumer and 
business confidence, and adversely affect the economy as well as our financial condition and results.
 
Interruption of our customers’ supply chains and federal funding could negatively impact their business and operations and impact their ability to repay their loans.
Any material interruption in our customers’ supply chains, such as a material interruption of the resources required to conduct their business, such as those resulting from interruptions in 
service by third-party providers, trade restrictions, such as increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes or customs restrictions, reductions in federal subsidies or grants, social or labor unrest, or political 
disputes and military conflicts, that cause a material disruption in our customers’ supply chains, could have a negative impact on their business and ability to repay their borrowings with us. In the 
event of disruptions in our customers’ supply chains, the labor and materials they rely on in the ordinary course of business may not be available at reasonable rates or at all. Additionally, changes in 
distribution of federal funds or freezing of federal funds, including Congressional federal budget impasses and reductions in federal workforce causing unemployment, could have an adverse effect on 
the ability of consumers and businesses to pay debts and/or affect the demand for loans and deposits.
 
OPERATIONAL RISKS
 
Our deposit services for businesses in the state licensed cannabis industry could expose us to liabilities and regulatory compliance costs.
 
In 2014 we implemented specialized deposit services intended for a limited number of state-licensed medical-use cannabis business customers. Medical use cannabis, as well as recreational 
use businesses are legal in numerous states and the District of Columbia, including our primary markets of New Jersey and New York. However, such businesses are not legal at the federal level and 
marijuana remains a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970. The Company is actively monitoring potential changes of marijuana’s legal status at the federal level. In August 
2023, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services recommended to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) that cannabis be moved to Schedule III under the Controlled Substances Act 
after conducting a scientific and medical evaluation. In May 2024, the Department of Justice (DOJ) proposed to move marijuana from Schedule I to Schedule III under the Controlled Substances Act. 
More recently, in December 2025, President Trump issued Executive Order 14370 directing DOJ to expeditiously complete the rescheduling process. If cannabis is reclassified as a Schedule III drug, 
the regulatory risk to the Company will decrease. In 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) published guidelines for financial institutions 
servicing state legal cannabis businesses. We have implemented a comprehensive control framework that includes written policies and procedures related to the onboarding of such businesses and the 
monitoring and maintenance of such business accounts that comports with the FinCEN guidance. Additionally, our policies call for due diligence review of the cannabis business before the business is 
on-boarded, including confirmation that the business is properly licensed and maintains the license in good standing in the applicable state. Throughout the relationship, our policies call for continued 
monitoring of the business, including site visits, to determine if the business continues to meet our requirements, including maintenance of required licenses and calls for undertaking periodic financial 
reviews of the business. The Bank’s program originally was limited to offering depository products to state-licensed medical cannabis businesses but have since been expanded to include state-licensed 
recreational cannabis businesses. Deposit transactions are monitored for compliance with the applicable state medical and recreational program rules and other regulations. In 2022, the Bank expanded 
its cannabis-related business offerings to some limited lending on real estate and deposit services to state-licensed recreational cannabis businesses. The Bank may offer additional banking products 
and services to such state-licensed cannabis businesses in the future.
 
While we believe our policies and procedures allow us to operate in compliance with the FinCEN guidelines, there can be no assurance that compliance with the FinCEN guidelines will 
protect us from federal prosecution or other regulatory sanctions. Federal prosecutors have significant discretion and there can be no assurance that the federal prosecutors will not choose to strictly 
enforce the federal laws governing cannabis. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement position could potentially subject us to criminal prosecution and other regulatory sanctions. As a 
general matter, the medical and recreational cannabis business is considered high-risk, 
 
17
 

Table of Contents
 
 
thus increasing the risk of a regulatory action against our BSA/AML program that has adverse consequences, including but not limited to, preventing us from undertaking mergers, acquisitions and 
other expansion activities.
Adverse events in New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area, where our business is generally concentrated, could adversely affect our results and future growth.
 
Our business, the location of our branches, and the real estate collateralizing our real estate loans are generally concentrated in New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area. As a result, 
we are exposed to geographic risks. The occurrence of an economic downturn in New Jersey or the New York metropolitan area, or adverse changes in laws or regulations in New Jersey or the New 
York metropolitan area, could impact the credit quality of our assets, the business of our customers and our ability to expand our business.
 
Our success significantly depends upon the growth in population, income levels, deposits, and housing in our market area. If the communities in which we operate do not grow or if 
prevailing economic conditions locally, regionally, or nationally are unfavorable, our business may be negatively affected.  In addition, the economies of the communities in which we operate are 
substantially dependent on the growth of the economy in the State of New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area. To the extent that economic conditions in New Jersey are unfavorable or do not 
continue to grow as projected, the economy in our market area would be adversely affected. Moreover, we cannot give any assurance that we will benefit from any market growth or favorable 
economic conditions in our market area if they do occur.
 
In addition, the market value of the real estate securing loans as collateral could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in market and economic conditions. As of December 31, 2025, 
approximately 91.1 percent of our total loans were secured by real estate. Adverse developments affecting commerce or real estate values in the local economies in our primary market areas could 
increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. In addition, a significant percentage of our loans are to individuals and businesses in New Jersey. Our business customers may not have 
customer bases that are as diverse as businesses serving regional or national markets. Consequently, any decline in the economy of our market area could have an adverse impact on our revenues and 
financial condition. In particular, we may experience increased loan delinquencies, which could result in a higher provision for credit losses and increased charge-offs. Any sustained period of 
increased non-payment, delinquencies, foreclosures, or losses caused by adverse market or economic conditions in our market area could adversely affect the value of our assets, revenues, results of 
operations and financial condition.
We depend primarily on net interest income for our earnings rather than fee income.
 
Net interest income is the most significant component of our operating income. We have less reliance on traditional sources of fee income utilized by some community banks, such as fees 
from sales of insurance, securities, or investment advisory products or services. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, our net interest income was $93.0 million and $92.0 million, 
respectively. The amount of our net interest income is influenced by the overall interest rate environment, competition, and the amount of our interest-earning assets relative to the amount of our 
interest-bearing liabilities. In the event that one or more of these factors were to result in a decrease in our net interest income, we do not have significant sources of fee income to make up for 
decreases in net interest income.
 
Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, cyber-attacks, or breaches of security, including denial of service attacks, hacking, social engineering attacks targeting our colleagues, 
contractors, and customers, malware intrusion or data corruption attempts, and identity theft that could result in the disclosure of confidential, proprietary, personal and other 
information, any of which could adversely affect our business or reputation and negatively affect our earnings, as well as create significant legal and financial exposure.
 
Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and 
loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches (including privacy breaches and cyber-attacks), but such events 
may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we take 
protective measures, the security of our computer systems, software, and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code and cyber-
attacks that could have an impact on information security.
 
In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with 
them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the 
processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.
 
There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties, including through cyber-attacks, to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. 
Cybercrime risks have increased due to the proliferation of new technologies, including AI, and the increased use of electronic and mobile banking activities increased. There have been several recent 
instances involving financial services and consumer-based companies reporting the unauthorized disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of corporate data. In addition, 
because the techniques used to cause such security breaches change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas of 
the world, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. The ability of our customers to bank remotely, including through online and 
mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches.
 
The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, thereby subjecting us to additional 
regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We use AI in connection with our business and operations, which exposes us to inherent risks that may expose us to material harm.
 
Artificial Intelligence (AI) in the banking industry refers to the use of advanced algorithms, machine learning, and automation to enhance operational efficiency, improve customer 
experiences, strengthen security, and optimize financial decision-making. Banks leverage AI for fraud detection, risk assessment, predictive analytics, chatbots for customer service, personalized 
financial recommendations, and automated regulatory compliance. By analyzing vast amounts of data in real time, AI helps institutions reduce costs, mitigate risks, detect anomalies, and deliver more 
efficient and secure banking services.
 
We do not utilize AI for decision-making processes or internal bot usage as any automation within the Bank is driven by macros and predefined rule-based workflows rather than AI-driven 
models. AI technology, however, is employed within select third-party solutions integrated into our operations. These third-party tools may utilize a limited AI model to support security, risk 
management, and operational efficiency but do not influence credit, lending, or other decision-making functions within the Bank. 
 
 
18
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
AI is complex and rapidly evolving, and the introduction of AI, a relatively new and emerging technology in the early stages of commercial use, into our business and operations may 
subject us to new or heightened legal, regulatory, ethical, operational, reputational, or other risks. The models underlying AI may be incorrectly or inadequately designed or implemented and trained 
on, or otherwise use, data or algorithms that are, and output that may be, incomplete, inadequate, misleading, biased, poor-quality or otherwise flawed, any of which may not be easily detectable. 
Further, inappropriate or controversial data practices by developers and end-users or other factors adversely affecting public opinion of AI could impair the acceptance of AI, including those 
incorporated in our business and operations. If the AI that we use is deficient, inaccurate or controversial, we could incur operational inefficiencies, competitive harm, legal and regulatory action, brand 
or reputational harm, or other adverse impacts on our business and financial results. Further, there can be no assurance that our use of AI will be successful in enhancing our business or operations or 
otherwise result in our intended outcomes, and our competitors may incorporate AI into their businesses or operations more quickly or more successfully than us.
 
AI and the use thereof is also subject to a variety of existing laws and regulations, including fair lending, consumer protection, intellectual property, cybersecurity, data privacy, and equal 
opportunity, and is expected to be subject to new laws and regulations or new applications of existing laws and regulations. AI is the subject of evolving review by various governmental and regulatory 
agencies, and changes in laws and regulations governing AI may adversely affect our ability to use AI. Additionally, various federal, state and foreign governments and regulators have implemented, or 
are considering implementing, general legal and regulatory frameworks for the appropriate use of AI. It is possible that we will not be able to anticipate how to respond to these rapidly developing laws 
and regulations. Further, if we do not have sufficient rights to use the data or algorithms on which our AI solutions rely or the output generated thereby, we also may incur liability through the violation 
of applicable laws and regulations, such as fair lending laws and regulations, third-party intellectual property, privacy or other rights, or contracts to which we are a party. We may not be able to 
sufficiently mitigate or detect any of the foregoing risks or concerns given our and other market participants’ lack of experience with using AI, the pace of technological change, and rapid adoption of 
AI by our business partners and competitors. Any actual or perceived failure to address risks or concerns relating to the use of AI, whether unfounded or not, could adversely affect our business and 
operations.
 
The Bank’s reliance on brokered and reciprocal deposits could adversely affect its liquidity and operating results.
 
Among other sources of funds, the Company, from time to time, relies on brokered deposits to provide funds with which to make loans and provide for other liquidity needs. At 
December 31, 2025, the Bank had $80.5 million in brokered certificate deposits. One of the Bank’s sources for brokered deposits is the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”). At 
December 31, 2025, the Bank had $39.0 million in CDARS reciprocal deposits and $30.1 million in Insured Cash Sweep or ICS network deposits. These amounts are reciprocal and are not considered 
brokered deposits under recent regulatory reform.
 
Generally, brokered and reciprocal deposits may not be as stable as other types of deposits. In the future, those depositors may not replace their brokered or reciprocal deposits with us as 
they mature, or we may have to pay a higher rate of interest to keep those deposits, or to replace them with other deposits or other sources of funds. Not being able to maintain or replace those deposits 
as they mature would adversely affect our liquidity. Paying higher deposit rates to maintain or replace such deposits would adversely affect our net interest margin and operating results.
 
If deposit levels are not sufficient, it may be more expensive to fund loan originations.
 
Our deposits have been our primary funding source. In current market conditions, depositors may choose to redeploy their funds into the stock market or other investment alternatives, 
regardless of our effort to retain such depositors. If this occurs, it would hamper our ability to grow deposits and could result in a net outflow of deposits. We will continue to focus on deposit growth, 
which we use to fund loan originations. However, if we are unable to sufficiently increase our deposit balances, we may be required to increase our use of alternative sources of funding, including 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, or to increase our deposit rates in order to attract additional deposits, each of which would increase our cost of funds.
 
We could be adversely affected by failure in our internal controls.
 
A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception that customers, regulators and investors may have of us. We 
continue to devote a significant amount of effort, time and resources to continually strengthening our internal controls and ensuring compliance with complex accounting standards and banking 
regulations.
 
If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified 
attestation report on our internal controls, we may be subject to additional regulatory scrutiny.
 
Under the rules of the FDIC and the SEC, Company management is required to prepare a report that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control 
structure and procedures for financial reporting (including the Call Report that is submitted to the FDIC) as of the end of each fiscal year. Our independent registered public accounting firm is also 
required to examine, attest to and report on the assessment of our management concerning the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting. The rules that must 
be met for management to assess our internal controls over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation and testing and possible remediation of internal control weaknesses. 
The effort to comply with regulatory requirements relating to internal controls will likely cause us to incur increased expenses and will cause a diversion of management’s time and other internal 
resources. We also may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In 
addition, in connection with the attestation process, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements or receiving a favorable attestation from 
our independent registered public accounting firm. If we cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting 
firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, investor confidence and the price of our common stock could be adversely affected and we may be subject to 
additional regulatory scrutiny.
 
The increasing use of social media platforms presents new risks and challenges and the inability or failure to recognize, respond to, and effectively manage the accelerated impact of social 
media could materially adversely impact the Bank’s business.
 
There has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms, including weblogs (blogs), podcasts, social media websites, and other forms of Internet-based communications which 
allow individuals’ access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Social media practices in the banking industry are evolving, which creates uncertainty and risk of 
noncompliance with regulations applicable to the Bank’s business. Consumers value readily available information concerning businesses and their goods and services and often act on such information 
without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants’ post, often without filters or checks on 
accuracy of the content posted. Information posted on such platforms at any time may be adverse to the Bank’s interests and/or may be inaccurate. The dissemination of information online could harm 
the Bank’s business, prospects, financial condition, and results of operations, regardless of the information’s accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording the Bank an opportunity for 
redress or correction.
 
 
19
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Other risks associated with the use of social media include improper disclosure of proprietary information, negative comments about the Bank’s business, exposure of personally identifiable 
information, fraud, out-of-date information, and improper use by employees, directors and customers. The inappropriate use of social media by the Bank’s customers, directors or employees could 
result in negative consequences such as remediation costs including training for employees, additional regulatory scrutiny and possible regulatory penalties, litigation, or negative publicity that could 
damage the Bank’s reputation adversely affecting customer or investor confidence.
 
Market conditions and economic cyclicality may adversely affect our industry.
 
Market developments, including unemployment, price levels, stock and bond volatility, and other changes due to world events, affect consumer confidence levels, economic activity and 
inflation. Changes in payment behaviors and payment rates may increase in delinquencies and default rates, which could affect our earnings and credit quality.
 
Negative developments in the banking industry could adversely affect our business operations and our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Actual events involving bank failures, limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other 
companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the 
future lead to negative media attention and market-wide liquidity problems. The closures by the regulators of First Republic Bank, Silicon Valley Bank, and Signature Bank in the first half of 2023 are 
examples of these events. These developments negatively impact customer confidence in regional and community banks, which could prompt customers to maintain their deposits with larger financial 
institutions. Further, if competition for deposits increases, the cost of funding may similarly increase, putting pressure on our net interest margin. If we were required to sell a portion of our securities 
portfolio to address liquidity needs, we may incur losses, including as a result of the negative impact of rising interest rates on the value of our securities portfolio, which could negatively affect our 
earnings and our capital. If we were required to raise additional capital in the current environment, any such capital raise may be on unfavorable terms, thereby negatively impacting book value and 
profitability. While we have taken actions to improve our funding, there is no guarantee that such actions will be successful or sufficient in the event of sudden liquidity needs.
 
There has also been increased regulatory scrutiny – in the course of routine examinations and otherwise – and new policies and regulations directed towards banks of similar size to the 
Bank, designed to address the 2023 negative developments in the banking industry, all of which may increase our costs of doing business and reduce our profitability. Among other things, there may be 
an increased focus by both regulators and investors on deposit composition, the level of uninsured deposits, losses embedded in our securities portfolio, contingent liquidity, CRE composition and 
concentration, capital position and our general oversight and internal control structures regarding the foregoing. As a result, the Bank could face increased scrutiny or be viewed as higher risk by 
regulators and the investor community. 
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO THE REGULATION OF OUR INDUSTRY
 
We are subject to stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares. 
 
Federal regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5 percent, a Tier 1 
capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0 percent, a total capital to risk-based assets of 8.0 percent, and a 4.0 percent Tier l capital to total assets leverage ratio. In addition to establishing the minimum 
regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” 
consisting of 2.5 percent of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.
 
In 2019, the FDIC passed a final rule providing qualifying community banking organizations the ability to opt-in to a new community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) framework, (tier 1 
capital to average consolidated assets) at 9.0 percent for institutions under $10.0  billion in assets that such institutions may elect to utilize in lieu of the general applicable risk-based capital 
requirements under Basel III. Such institutions that meet the CBLR and certain other qualifying criteria will automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized. The Bank decided to opt-in to the new 
CBLR, effective for the quarter ended March 31, 2020. 
 
The application of more stringent capital requirements likely will result in lower returns on equity and could require raising additional capital in the future or result in regulatory actions if 
we are unable to comply with such requirements. 
 
We operate in a highly regulated environment, and we may be adversely affected by changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations.
 
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by federal and state banking authorities. Any change in applicable regulations or federal, state or local legislation could 
have a substantial impact on us and our operations. Additional legislation and regulations that could significantly affect our powers, authority, and operations may be enacted or adopted in the future, 
which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, regulators have significant discretion and authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound 
practices or violations of laws by banks and bank holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. The exercise of regulatory authority may have a negative impact 
on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
The USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts require financial institutions to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. 
If such activities are detected, financial institutions are obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network. These rules require 
financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure to comply with these regulations could result in fines 
or sanctions, including restrictions on conducting acquisitions or establishing new branches. During the last few years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with 
these laws and regulations. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, these policies and procedures may not be effective in 
preventing violations of these laws and regulations. Because we operate our business in the highly urbanized greater Newark/New York City metropolitan area, we may be at greater risk of scrutiny by 
government regulators for compliance with these laws.
 
 
20
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio subjects us to additional regulatory scrutiny. 
 
The FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial 
real estate lending. Under the guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial 
institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors, (i) total reported loans for construction, land acquisition and development, and other land represent 100 
percent or more of total capital, or (ii)  total reported loans secured by multi-family and  non-owner  occupied,  non-farm,  non-residential  properties, loans for construction, land acquisition and 
development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300 percent or more of total 
capital. Based on these factors, we have a concentration in loans of the type described in (ii) above of 403 percent of our risk-based capital at December 31, 2025. The purpose of the guidance is to 
assist banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ 
heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market 
analysis and stress testing. Our bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to 
us or that may result in a curtailment of our commercial real estate and multi-family lending and/or the requirement that we maintain higher levels of regulatory capital, either of which would 
adversely affect our loan originations and profitability.
We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.
 
The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. A 
successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of 
damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge 
an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Future legislative or regulatory actions responding to perceived financial and market problems could impair our ability to foreclose on collateral.
 
There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage 
loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. Were proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, to be implemented, we could experience 
increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor. 
 
STRATEGIC RISKS
 
Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.
 
Competition is intense within the banking and financial services industry in New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, 
savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. 
Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources, higher lending limits and offer services that we do not or cannot provide. This competition makes it more difficult for us to originate 
new loans and retain and attract new deposits. Price competition for loans may result in originating fewer loans or earning less on our loans. Price competition for deposits may result in a reduction of 
our deposit base or paying more on our deposits.
 
The small to mid-sized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to weather a downturn in the economy, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan to us that could 
materially harm our operating results.
 
We target our business development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small to mid-sized businesses. These small to mid-sized 
businesses frequently have smaller market share than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may 
experience significant volatility in operating results. In addition, the success of a small to midsized business often depends on the management talents and efforts of one or two persons or a small group 
of persons, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay a loan. Economic downturns and other 
events that negatively impact our market areas could cause us to incur substantial credit losses that could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
We depend on our executive officers and key personnel to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and could be harmed by the loss of their services.
 
We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our management team and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals and other 
key personnel. The loss of service of one or more of our executive officers or key personnel could reduce our ability to successfully implement our long-term business strategy, our business could 
suffer, and the value of our stock could be materially adversely affected. Leadership changes will occur from time to time, and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur or whether 
we will be able to recruit additional qualified personnel. We believe our management team possesses valuable knowledge about the banking industry and that their knowledge and relationships would 
be very difficult to replicate. Our success also depends on the experience of our branch managers and lending officers and on their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. The 
loss of these key personnel could negatively impact our banking operations. The loss of key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or operating results.
 
21
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
 
Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy
 
Cybersecurity risks are continually evolving, becoming increasingly complex and pervasive across all industries. To mitigate these cybersecurity risks and protect nonpublic, personally identifiable 
customer data, financial transactions and our classified information systems, the Bank has implemented a comprehensive information security program, which is a component of its overarching 
enterprise risk management program. Key components of the information security program include:
 
• A risk assessment process that identifies and prioritizes material cybersecurity risks; defines and evaluates the effectiveness of controls to mitigate the risks; and reports results to executive 
management and the Board of Directors.
 
• Annual security assessments that proactively identify potential vulnerabilities that are both externally facing and internal within the bank’s infrastructure; reports the results for all 
assessments to executive management and the Board of Directors with tracking and resolution to potential areas of risk.
 
• Vulnerability management program that patches known vulnerabilities across operating systems and software platforms.
 
• Strong controls around user access including creation, changes and termination of access, ongoing user access reviews, multifactor authentication and password policies.
 
• A technology team covering all critical cyber defense functions such as engineering, data protection, identity and access management, insider risk management, security operations, threat 
emulation and threat intelligence.
 
• A training program that educates employees about cybersecurity risks and how to protect themselves from cyberattacks.
 
• An awareness program that keeps employees informed about cybersecurity threats and how to stay safe online.
 
• An incident response plan that outlines the steps the Bank will take to respond to a cybersecurity incident, which is tested on a periodic basis.
 
• Adoption and implementation of a layered defense / defense in depth model in which security systems are linked or stacked so that the strengths of one security system compensate the 
weaknesses of the other system.
 
• Additional controls that include but not limited to data encryption; change management; end of life management; asset management; malware and antivirus detection, response and 
mitigation; physical security; business continuity and disaster recovery management.
 
The Bank engages reputable third-party assessors to conduct various independent audits on a regular basis, including but not limited to maturity assessments and various testing. Following a defense-
in-depth strategy, the Bank leverages both in-house resources and third-party service providers to implement and maintain processes and controls to manage the identified risks.
 
The Bank’s Third-Party / Vendor Risk Management program is designed to ensure that our vendors meet our cybersecurity requirements. This includes conducting periodic risk assessments of 
vendors, requiring vendors to implement appropriate cybersecurity controls and monitoring vendor compliance with our cybersecurity requirements.
 
The Bank’s information security program and strategy are designed to ensure the Bank's information and information systems are resilient and appropriately protected from a variety of threats, both 
natural and man-made. Periodic audits and risk assessments are performed to validate control requirements and ensure that the Bank’s information is protected at a level commensurate with its 
sensitivity, value, and criticality. Preventative and detective security controls and policies are employed on all media where information is stored, the systems that process it, and infrastructure 
components that facilitate its transmission to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of Bank information. These controls and policies include, but are not limited to access control, data 
encryption, data loss prevention, incident response, security monitoring, third party risk management, and vulnerability management.
 
The Bank's information security program and strategy are regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that they are aligned with the Bank's business objectives and are designed to address evolving 
cybersecurity threats and satisfy regulatory requirements and industry standards.
 
 
22
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Material Effects of Cybersecurity Threats
 
While cybersecurity risks have the potential to materially affect the Bank's business, financial condition, and results of operations, the Bank does not believe that risks from cybersecurity threats or 
attacks, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, have materially affected the Bank, including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Accordingly, no 
matter how well designed or implemented the Bank’s controls are, there is a risk that it may not be able to anticipate all zero-day cyber security exploits and vulnerabilities, and it may not be able to 
implement effective preventive measures against such exploits / vulnerabilities and potentially associated security breaches in a timely manner. 
 
Governance
 
Board of Directors Oversight
 
The Bank’s Board of Directors is charged with overseeing the establishment and execution of the Bank’s security management framework and monitoring adherence to related policies required by 
applicable statutes, regulations and principles of safety and soundness. Consistent with this responsibility the Board has delegated primary oversight responsibility over the Bank’s security 
management framework, including oversight of cybersecurity risk and cybersecurity risk management, to the Information Technology /Information Security Committee of the Board of Directors. The 
Information Technology /Information Security Committee receives regular updates on cybersecurity risks and incidents and the cybersecurity program through direct interaction with the Chief 
Information Technology Officer and provides periodic updates regarding cybersecurity risks and the cybersecurity program to the full Board of Directors. Additionally, awareness and training on 
cybersecurity topics is provided to the Board on an annual basis.
 
Management's Role
 
We recognize the critical importance of developing, implementing, assessing, and maintaining robust cybersecurity measures to safeguard our information systems and protect the confidentiality, 
integrity, and availability of our data. Senior Management, in collaboration with the Information Technology and Risk Departments, is responsible for the implementation and oversight of the Bank's 
Cybersecurity Risk Management Program.
 
Information security risk is systematically reported to our Board of Directors by the Information Technology and Risk Departments through quarterly management reports, ensuring a structured and 
effective flow of cybersecurity risk information to the Board of Directors. Various committees and working groups are dedicated to monitoring and managing information security risks, including the 
Cybersecurity Incident Response Team and the Information Technology/Information Security Committee of the Board of Directors. These committees play a pivotal role in establishing and overseeing 
policies, programs, and guidance that define clear expectations for managing cybersecurity risk.
 
Due to the evolving nature of cybersecurity threats, we actively engage with external experts to enhance our security expertise. These subject matter experts provide independent evaluations and 
testing of our cybersecurity risk management framework. Our collaboration with these entities includes regular audits, threat assessments, and consultations on security enhancements to reinforce our 
security posture.
 
 
23
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
At December 31, 2025, the Bank conducted its business through an executive office, two administrative offices, and 27 branch offices. 13 offices have drive-up facilities. The Bank has 34 automatic 
teller machines at its branch facilities and four other off-site locations. The following table sets forth information relating to each of the Bank’s offices at December 31, 2025. The total net book value 
of the Bank’s premises and equipment at December 31, 2025 was $12.1 million.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Location
 
Year Office Opened
  
Net Book Value 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In Thousands) 
Executive Office
 
 
 
 
 
 
104-110 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2003
 $
 2,046 
Administrative and Other Offices
 
 
 
 
 
 
591-597 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 109(1)
27 West 18th Street, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2014
  
 187(1)
Branch Offices
 
 
 
 
 
 
860 Broadway, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2000
  
 351(1)
508 Broadway, Bayonne, New Jersey 
 
2003
  
 23(1)
401 Washington Street, Hoboken, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 78(1)
473 Spotswood Englishtown Rd., Monroe Township, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 60(1)
611 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 101(1)
181 Avenue A, Bayonne, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 1,833 
211 Washington St., Jersey City, New Jersey
 
2010
  
 -(1)
200 Valley Street, South Orange, New Jersey
 
2011
  
 855 
378 Amboy Road, Woodbridge, New Jersey
 
2019
  
 3(1)
165 Passaic Avenue, Fairfield, New Jersey 
 
2014
  
 -(1)
354 New Dorp Lane, Staten Island, New York
 
2015
  
 1(1)
190 Park Avenue, Rutherford, New Jersey
 
2015
  
 14(1)
1500 Forest Avenue, Staten Island, New York
 
2016
  
 392(1)
626 Laurel Avenue, Holmdel, New Jersey
 
2016
  
 -(1)
734 Ridge Road, Lyndhurst, New Jersey
 
2016
  
 17(1)
2000 Morris Avenue, Union, New Jersey
 
2016
  
 6(1)
156 Maplewood Avenue, Maplewood, New Jersey
 
2018
  
 308(1)
1630 Oak Tree Road, Edison, New Jersey
 
2018
  
 26(1)
1452 Route 46 West, Parsippany, New Jersey
 
2018
  
 1(1)
781 Newark Avenue, Jersey City, New Jersey 
 
2018
  
 3,055 
70 Broadway, Hicksville, New York
 
2018
  
 -(1)
10 Schalks Crossing Road, Plainsboro, New Jersey
 
2018
  
 6(1)
876 Kinderkamack Road, River Edge, New Jersey
 
2019
  
 123(1)
1100 Washington Street, Hoboken, New Jersey
 
2019
  
 119(1)
269 Ferry Street, Newark, New Jersey
 
2020
  
 215(1)
240 Page Avenue, Staten Island, New York
 
2023
  
 203(1)
 
 
 
  
 
 
Net book value of properties
 
 
 
 
 10,132 
Net book value of furnishings and equipment
 
 
 
 
 1,924(2)
Total premises and equipment
 
 
$
 12,056 
(1)
Leased property
(2)
Includes off-site ATMs
 
24
 

Table of Contents
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
We are involved, from time to time, as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2025, we were not involved in any material legal 
proceedings the outcome of which, if determined in a manner adverse to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Market Information
The Company’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “BCBP.” 
 
Stockholders. 
At March 1, 2026, the Company had approximately 5,900 stockholders of record.
 
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
 
Dividends
The Company declared and paid cash dividends of $0.16 per share in each quarter for the year ended December 31, 2025. The payment of dividends to shareholders of the Company is dependent on 
the Bank paying dividends to the Company. The Bank may pay dividends as declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available, subject to certain restrictions. Under 
the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948, as amended, the Bank may not pay a cash dividend unless, following the payment, the Bank’s capital stock will be unimpaired and the Bank will have a surplus of 
no less than 50.0 percent of the Bank’s capital stock or, if not, the payment of the dividend will not reduce the surplus. In addition, the Bank cannot pay dividends in amounts that would reduce the 
Bank’s capital below regulatory imposed minimums.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
On December  11, 2020, the Company issued a press release announcing the adoption of a new stock repurchase program, effective December  16, 2020. Under the stock repurchase program, 
management is authorized to repurchase up to 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. On October 17, 2022, the Company issued a press release announcing an amendment to its stock 
repurchase program. The amendment to the stock repurchase program increased the number of shares yet to be repurchased from 82,350 shares to a total number of 500,000 shares. No shares were 
repurchased during the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2025.
 
 
Compensation Plans
Set forth below is information as of December 31, 2025 regarding equity compensation plans that have been approved by shareholders. The Company has no equity-based benefit plans that were not 
approved by shareholders.
 
 
 
 
 
Plan
Number of securities to be issued 
upon exercise of outstanding 
options and rights
Weighted average
Exercise price (1)
Number of securities remaining available 
for issuance under plans
2011 Stock Option Plan
475,600
12.06
-
2018 Equity Incentive Plan
349,875
11.12
-
2023 Equity Incentive Plan
129,616
4.88
751,817
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
-
-
-
Total
955,091
10.75
751,817
 
(1)
The weighted average exercise price reflects the exercise prices ranging from $9.91-$13.68 per share for options granted under the 2011 Stock Option Plan and the 2018 and 2023 Equity 
Incentive Plans. As of December 31, 2025, the 2011 Stock Option Plan and the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan have expired. 
 
 
25
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Common Stock Performance Graph
Set forth hereunder is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the common stock for the period beginning with the closing sales price on December 31, 2020 through 
December 31, 2025, (b) the cumulative total return on all publicly traded commercial bank stocks over such period, as repriced on the SNL Banks Index, and (c) the cumulative total return of the 
Nasdaq Market Index over such period. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period Ending
 
Index
12/31/20
12/31/21
12/31/22
12/31/23
12/31/24
12/31/25
BCB Bancorp, Inc.
100.00
145.51
175.59
132.08
128.76
94.45
NASDAQ Composite Index
100.00
122.18
82.43
119.22
154.48
187.14
S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index
100.00
135.97
112.77
123.02
164.70
211.47
 
 
26
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Critical Accounting Estimates
 
Critical accounting estimates are those accounting policies that can have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations that require the use of complex and 
subjective estimates based upon past experiences and management’s judgment. Because of the uncertainty inherent in such estimates, actual results may differ from these estimates. Below are those 
policies applied in preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements that management believes are the most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. For additional 
accounting policies, see Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”
 
Allowance for Credit losses
 
On January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2016-13 (Topic 326), which replaced the incurred loss methodology with a current expected credit losses (“CECL”) model for financial instruments 
measured at amortized cost and other commitments to extend credit. Loans receivable are presented net of an allowance for credit losses and net deferred loan fees. In determining the appropriate level 
of the allowance, management considers a combination of factors, such as economic and industry trends, real estate market conditions, size and type of loans in portfolio, nature and value of collateral 
held, borrowers’ financial strength and credit ratings, and prepayment and default history. The calculation of the appropriate allowance for credit losses relies on econometric models to estimate the 
quantitative reserves and also the use of qualitative factors to supplement the quantitative calculation. The process of establishing allowance for credit losses is complex and requires a substantial 
amount of judgment regarding the impact of the aforementioned factors, as well as other factors, on the ultimate realization of loans receivable. In addition, our determination of the amount of the 
allowance for credit losses is subject to review by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the FDIC, as part of their examination process. After a review of the information available, 
our regulators might require the establishment of an additional allowance. Any increase in the allowance for loan loss required by regulators would have a negative impact on our earnings. Refer to 
Note 5 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information on the Company’s allowance for credit loss process.
 
Goodwill
 
The Company accounts for goodwill and other intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, which allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to 
determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test. Based on a quantitative assessment, management determined that the Company’s recorded goodwill totaling 
$5.2 million, is not impaired as of December 31, 2025.
 
27
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Financial Condition at December 31, 2025 and 2024
 
Total assets decreased by $319.7 million, or 8.9 percent, to $3.279 billion at December 31, 2025, from $3.599 billion at December 31, 2024. This decrease is largely the result of a successful strategic 
initiative to enhance our capital ratios. The decrease in total assets was mainly driven by decreases in cash and cash equivalents and net loans.
 
Total cash and cash equivalents decreased by $40.7 million, or 12.8 percent, to $276.6 million at December 31, 2025, from $317.3 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease in cash was primarily 
due to the reduction of the Bank’s exposure to wholesale funding by running off higher cost brokered deposits and paying down FHLB advances.
 
Loans receivable, net, decreased by $305.2 million, or 10.2 percent, to $2.691 billion at December 31, 2025, from $2.996 billion at December 31, 2024, due to payoffs, paydowns and charge-offs. 
Total loan decreases during the period included decreases totaling $151.0 million in commercial real estate and multi-family loans, $90.6 in commercial business loans, $61.5 million in construction 
loans and $5.6 million in 1-4 family residential loans and home equity loans. The allowance for credit losses decreased $1.1 million to $33.7 million, or 53.3 percent of non-accruing loans and 1.24 
percent of gross loans, at December 31, 2025, as compared to an allowance for credit losses of $34.8 million, or 77.8 percent of non-accruing loans and 1.15 percent of gross loans, at December 31, 
2024. 
 
Total investments increased by $24.4 million, or 21.9 percent, to $135.6 million at December 31, 2025, from $111.2 million at December 31, 2024, representing current year purchases, net of 
investments called during 2025.
 
Deposits decreased by $77.3 million, or 2.8 percent, to $2.674 billion at December 31, 2025, from $2.751 billion at December 31, 2024. Brokered deposits, transaction accounts and savings accounts 
decreased $97.1 million, $41.8 million and $8.8 million, respectively, and were offset by increases in money market accounts and certificate of deposit accounts which totaled $70.7 million. 
 
Debt obligations decreased by $220.1 million to $278.2 million at December 31, 2025, from $498.3 million at December 31, 2024, due to maturities and paydowns of our FHLB advances. The 
weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances was 4.53 percent at December 31, 2025, and 4.35 percent at December 31, 2024. The weighted average maturity of FHLB advances as of December 
31, 2025 was 0.46 years. The interest rate of our subordinated debt balances was 9.25 percent at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased by $19.6 million, or 6.1 percent, to $304.3 million at December 31, 2025, from $323.9 million at December 31, 2024. The decrease was attributable to the decrease in 
retained earnings of $25.4 million, or 17.9 percent, to $116.4 million at December 31, 2025, from $141.9 million at December 31, 2024, caused largely by the $12.5 million net loss in 2025, due to 
additions to the allowance for credit losses and the $15.1 million (pre-tax) write down of the cannabis-related OREO property. Offsetting this was a decrease in our accumulated other comprehensive 
loss and an increase in our additional paid in capital.
 
28
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Analysis of Net Interest Income
 
Net interest income is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the relative amounts of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them, respectively.
 
The following table sets forth average balance sheets, yields and costs, and certain other information for the years indicated. All average balances are daily average balances. No tax-equivalent yield 
adjustments have been made as the amounts are not significant. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums, which are included in interest income.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2025
 
  
Year ended December 31, 2024
 
  
Year ended December 31, 2023
 
 
Average Daily 
Balance
 
Interest 
Earned/Paid
 
Average 
Yield/Rate  
Average Daily 
Balance
 
Interest 
Earned/Paid
 
Average 
Yield/Rate  
Average Daily 
Balance
 
Interest 
Earned/Paid
 
Average 
Yield/Rate
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Loans receivable (1) (2)
$
 2,897,957  $
 154,199  
 5.32 %  $
3,196,538 $
172,046 
5.38%  $
3,281,334 $
169,559 
5.17%
Investment securities (3)
 
 128,680   
 6,994  
 5.44  
  
99,733  
5,331 
5.35 
  
100,000  
5,106 
5.11 
Interest-earning deposits
 
 269,403   
 11,766  
 4.37  
  
308,248  
16,632 
5.40 
  
270,659  
13,695 
5.06 
   Total interest-earning assets 
 
 3,296,040   
 172,959  
 5.25 %   
3,604,519  
194,009 
5.38%   
3,651,993  
188,360 
5.16%
Non-interest-earning assets
 
 124,310   
  
  
  
124,441  
  
  
  
123,651  
  
  
   Total assets
$
 3,420,350   
  
  
 $
3,728,960  
  
  
 $
3,775,644  
  
  
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
Interest-bearing demand accounts
$
 522,139  $
 8,602  
 1.65 %  $
553,013 $
9,701 
1.75%  $
658,023 $
8,426 
1.28%
Money market accounts
 
 416,002   
 13,204  
 3.17  
  
372,205  
12,457 
3.35 
  
334,353  
8,489 
2.54 
Savings accounts
 
 255,062   
 814  
 0.32  
  
264,430  
620 
0.23 
  
305,778  
620 
0.20 
Certificates of deposit
 
 971,213   
 38,502  
 3.96  
  
1,153,235  
55,442 
4.81 
  
980,617  
39,157 
3.99 
   Total interest-bearing deposits 
 
 2,164,416   
 61,122  
 2.82  
  
2,342,883  
78,220 
3.34 
  
2,278,771  
56,692 
2.49 
Borrowed funds
 
 382,390   
 18,796  
 4.92  
  
511,916  
23,768 
4.64 
  
594,564  
27,606 
4.64 
   Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
 2,546,806   
 79,918  
 3.14 %   
2,854,799  
101,988 
3.57%   
2,873,335  
84,298 
2.93%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
 
 555,324   
  
  
  
554,037  
  
  
  
602,691  
  
  
   Total liabilities
 
 3,102,130   
  
  
  
3,408,836  
  
  
  
3,476,026  
  
  
Stockholders' equity
 
 318,220   
  
  
  
320,124  
  
  
  
299,618  
  
  
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
 3,420,350   
  
  
  
3,728,960  
  
  
  
3,775,644  
  
  
Net interest income
 
  $
 93,041  
  
  
  $
92,021 
  
  
  $
104,062 
  
Net interest rate spread (4)
 
   
  
 2.11 %   
   
  
1.81%   
   
  
2.22%
Net interest margin (5)
 
   
  
 2.82 %   
   
  
2.55%   
   
  
2.85%
 
(1) Excludes allowance for credit losses.
(2) Includes nonaccrual loans which are immaterial to the yield. 
(3) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock.
(4) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. 
 
29
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis
 
The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in our interest income and interest expense for the years indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing 
liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in average volume (changes in average volume multiplied by old rate); (ii) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by old 
average volume); (iii) changes due to combined changes in rate and volume; and (iv) the net change.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025 vs. 2024
  
2024 vs. 2023
  
2023 vs. 2022
 
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to
  
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
Increase (Decrease) Due to
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Rate/ 
Volume
 
Total 
Increase 
(Decrease)  
Volume
 
Rate
 
Rate/ 
Volume
 
Total 
Increase 
(Decrease)  
Volume
 
Rate
 
Rate/ 
Volume
 
Total 
Increase 
(Decrease)
 
(In thousands)
Interest income:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Loans receivable 
$  (16,070) $
 (1,960) $
 183 $
 (17,847) $
(4,382) $
7,051 $
(182) $
 2,487  $
30,798 $
12,155 $
 3,029  $
 45,982 
Investment securities 
 
 1,547  
 90  
 26  
 1,663  
(13)  
239  
(1)  
 225   
(415)  
865  
(76)  
 374 
Interest-earning deposits 
 
 (2,096)  
 (3,169)  
 399  
 (4,866)  
1,902  
909  
126  
 2,937   
(45)  
10,764  
(156)  
 10,563 
Total interest-earning assets  
 (16,619)  
 (5,039)  
 608  
 (21,050)  
(2,493)  
8,199  
(57)  
5,649  
30,338  
23,784  
2,797  
56,919
Interest expense:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Interest-bearing demand 
accounts 
 
 (542) 
 
 (590) 
 
 33 
 
 (1,099) 
 
(1,345)  
 
3,117  
 
(497)  
 
 1,275  
 
(370)  
 
6,656  
 
(830)  
 
 5,456 
Money market deposits
 
 1,466  
 (643)  
 (76)  
 747  
961   
2,701   
306   
 3,968   
(105)   
6,579   
(298)   
 6,176 
Savings deposits
 
 (22)  
 224  
 (8)  
 194  
(84)   
 97    
 (13)  
 -  
(46)   
 241    
 (24)  
 171 
Certificates of Deposits 
 
 (8,751)  
 (9,724)  
 1,535  
 (16,940)  
6,893   
7,985   
1,407   
 16,285   
4,107   
17,643   
10,519   
 32,269 
Borrowings
 
 (6,014)  
 1,395  
 (353)  
 (4,972)  
(3,837)   
(1)   
0   
 (3,838)  
14,532   
2,060   
6,139   
 22,731 
Total interest-bearing 
liabilities 
 
 (13,863) 
 
 (9,338) 
 
 1,131 
 
 (22,070) 
 
2,588  
 
13,899  
 
1,203  
 
17,690  
 
18,118  
 
33,179  
 
15,506  
 
66,803
Change in net interest income $
 (2,756) $
 4,299 $
 (523) $
 1,020 $
(5,081)  $
(5,700)  $
(1,260)  $
(12,041)  $
12,220  $
(9,395)  $
(12,709)  $
(9,884)
 
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2025 and 2024
 
Net income decreased by $31.2 million to a net loss of $12.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, from earnings of $18.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. 
The decrease in net income was driven primarily by provisioning for loan loss expense being $30.4 million higher and non-interest expense being $20.8 million higher. This was offset by the tax 
provision being $13.4 million lower, non-interest income being $5.6 million higher, and the net interest income being $1.0 million higher.
 
Net interest income was $1.0 million higher as interest expense decreased by $22.1 million, or 21.6 percent, to $79.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, from $102.0 million for 
the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. Offsetting the decrease in interest expense, interest income decreased by $21.1 million, or 10.9 percent, to $173.0 million for 2025, from $194.0 million 
for 2024. The average balance of interest-earning assets decreased $308.5 million, or 8.6 percent, to $3.296 billion at December 31, 2025, from $3.605 billion at December 31, 2024. The average yield 
decreased 13 basis points to 5.25 percent from 5.38 percent when comparing the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, with the twelve months ended December 31, 2024.  The decrease in interest 
earning assets was primarily a result of loans and interest-bearing bank balances declining, on average, $298.6 million and $38.8 million, respectively. This was offset by an increase in average 
investment securities of $28.9 million.  
 
Net interest margin increased to 2.82 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.55 percent for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. The increase in the net 
interest margin compared to the prior period was the result of a decrease in the cost of the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities by 43 basis points to 3.14 percent. Offsetting that, somewhat, was a 
decrease in the rate earned on earning assets, which decreased 13 basis points to 5.25 percent.
 
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, the Company experienced $43.1 million in net charge-offs compared to $10.4 million in net charge-offs for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2024. The elevated net charge-offs were partly driven by the $12.7 million of net charge-off recorded in connection with the elimination of specific reserves for a cannabis-related relationship. 
Additionally, the Bank recorded higher net charge-offs in the C&I portfolio of $29.2 million of which $9.8 million were related to the Bank’s Business Express loans. The provision for credit losses 
increased from $11.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, to $42.0 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.  
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s classified loans greater than $5 million at December 31, 2025 (in thousands):
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purpose 
 
Loan Type
 
Location
 
Balance
 
Loan to Value 
(1)
 Delinquency Status
1
 Mixed Use -retail/residential
 
CRE
 
New York, NY
 
$
 5,609  
54.40
%
 current
2
 Mixed Use -retail/office
 
CRE
 
Bronx, NY
 
 
 7,469  
76.21
 
 current
3
 Office building
 
CRE
 
Ridgefield Park, NJ
 
 
 10,000  
43.47
 
 past due
4
 Specialty Use - golf course
 
Construction
 
Eatontown, NJ
 
 
 13,992  
77.30
 
 current
5
 Mixed Use-retail/office
 
CRE
 
New York, NY
 
 
 15,071  
94.19
 
 current
6
 Vacant Land
 
CRE
 
Basking Ridge, NJ
 
 
 15,520  
68.67
 
 current
7
 Industrial Loft & Industrial Warehouse
 
CRE
 
Brooklyn, NY
 
 
 16,056  
69.05
 
 past due
8
 Specialty Use - hospital
 
CRE
 
Bayonne, NJ
 
 
 25,523  
23.52
 
 current
 
(1)
Based on the most recent appraised values available.
 
30
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Non-interest income increased by $5.6 million to $8.6 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, from $2.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. In 2024, the Bank 
recorded a loss on sale of loans of $5.3 million compared to a slight gain in 2025. BOLI income and fees and service charges also increased $692 thousand and $245 thousand, respectively, in 2025. 
Offsetting these items was a decrease in 2025 on realized and unrealized losses and gains on equity investments of $679 thousand.
 
Non-interest expense increased by $20.8 million, or 36.3 percent, to $77.9 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, from $57.1 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 
2024. The increase in operating expenses for 2025 was driven primarily by the Bank recording a one-time $15.1 million expense on the previously disclosed cannabis-related OREO property in the 
fourth quarter of 2025 and salaries and employee benefits increasing $3.2 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, compared to the same period in 2024. Data processing costs also 
increased $959 thousand when comparing the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 with the same period one year earlier.
 
The income tax provision decreased by $13.4 million to an income tax benefit of $5.8 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 when compared to a $7.6 million provision for the 
twelve-month period ended December 31, 2024. 
 
Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
 
The results of operations comparison of 2024 compared to 2023 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2024 under Item 7 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 on pages 29 and 30.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The overall objective of our liquidity management practices is to ensure the availability of sufficient funds to meet financial commitments and to take advantage of lending and investment 
opportunities. The Company manages liquidity in order to meet deposit withdrawals on demand or at contractual maturity, to repay borrowings and other obligations as they mature, and to fund loan 
and investment portfolio opportunities as they arise.
 
The Company’s primary sources of funds to satisfy its objectives are net growth in deposits (primarily retail), principal and interest payments on loans and investment securities, proceeds from the sale 
of originated loans and FHLB and other borrowings. The scheduled amortization of loans is a predictable source of funds. Deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general 
interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Company has other sources of liquidity if a need for additional funds arises, including unsecured overnight lines of credit and other 
collateralized borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window, the FHLB and other correspondent banks. Our Asset / Liability Management Committee is responsible for establishing and 
monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies in order to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies. 
 
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no overnight borrowings outstanding with the FHLB, respectively. The Company utilizes overnight borrowings from time to time to fund short-
term liquidity needs. The Company had total outstanding borrowings of $278.2 million at December 31, 2025 as compared to $498.3 million at December 31, 2024.
 
At December 31, 2025, the Company had the ability to obtain additional funding from the FHLB of $382.4 million and $198.7 million from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window, utilizing 
unencumbered loan collateral. The Company expects to have sufficient funds available to meet current loan commitments in the normal course of business through typical sources of liquidity. Time 
deposits scheduled to mature in one year or less totaled $954.1 million at December 31, 2025. Based upon historical experience data, management estimates that a significant portion of such deposits 
will remain with the Company.
Forward-Looking Statements
 
This report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that are based on assumptions and may describe future plans, strategies and expectations of BCB Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries. This 
document may include forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company intends 
such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this 
statement for purposes of said safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking information is inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those currently 
anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but are not limited to, factors discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission. These forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations of the Company, are generally identified by use of the 
words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “strive,” “try,” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may,” or similar 
expressions. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations, as reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that these plans, intentions, or 
expectations will be achieved or realized. By identifying these statements for you in this manner, we are alerting you to the possibility that our actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly 
materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results and financial condition to differ from 
those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, changes in market interest rates, general economic conditions, legislation, and regulation; changes in monetary and fiscal 
policies of the United States Government, including policies of the United States Treasury and Federal Reserve Board; changes in the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios; 
changes in deposit flows, competition, and demand for financial services, loans, deposits and investment products in our local markets; changes in accounting principles and guidelines; war or terrorist 
activities; and other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, geopolitical and technological factors affecting the our operations, pricing and services, and those discussed under “Risk Factors” 
in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels 
of activity, performance, or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our expectations only as of the date of this report. We do not assume 
any obligation to revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which such statements were made, except as may be required by law.
 
31
 

Table of Contents
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Management of Market Risk
 
Qualitative Analysis.  The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Consequently, one of our most significant forms of market risk is interest rate risk. Our assets, consisting 
primarily of mortgage loans, have longer maturities than our liabilities, consisting primarily of deposits. As a result, a principal part of our business strategy is to manage interest rate risk and reduce 
the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Accordingly, our Board of Directors has established an Asset/Liability Committee which is responsible for evaluating the 
interest rate risk inherent in our assets and liabilities, for determining the level of risk that is appropriate given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance 
objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. Senior management monitors the level of interest rate risk on a regular basis and the 
Asset/Liability Committee, which consists of senior management and outside directors operating under a policy adopted by the Board of Directors, meets as needed to review our asset/liability policies 
and interest rate risk position.
 
Quantitative Analysis.  The following table presents the Company’s net portfolio value (“NPV”). These calculations were based upon assumptions believed to be fundamentally sound, although they 
may vary from assumptions utilized by other financial institutions. The information set forth below is based on data that included all financial instruments as of December 31, 2025. Assumptions have 
been made by the Company relating to interest rates, loan prepayment rates, core deposit duration, and the market values of certain assets and liabilities under the various interest rate scenarios. Actual 
maturity dates were used for fixed rate loans and certificate accounts. Investment securities were scheduled at either the maturity date or the next scheduled call date based upon management’s 
judgment of whether the particular security would be called in the current interest rate environment and under assumed interest rate scenarios. Variable rate loans were scheduled as of their next 
scheduled interest rate repricing date. Additional assumptions made in the preparation of the NPV table include prepayment rates on loans and mortgage-backed securities, core deposits without stated 
maturity dates were scheduled with an assumed term of 48 months, and money market and noninterest bearing accounts were scheduled with an assumed term of 24 months. The NPV at “PAR” 
represents the difference between the Company’s estimated value of assets and estimated value of liabilities assuming no change in interest rates. The following sets forth the Company’s NPV as of 
December 31, 2025.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NPV as a % of Assets
 
Change in calculation
 
 
Net Portfolio Value
 
 
$ Change from PAR
 
 
% Change from PAR
 
 
NPV Ratio
 
 
Change
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
+100bp
 
$
 389,453
 $
 (16,054)
 
 
 (3.96)
%  
 12.26
%  
 (0.29)
%
PAR
 
 
 405,507
  
 -
 
 
 -
 
 
 12.55
 
 
 -
 
-100bp
 
 
 411,637
  
 61,130
 
 
 1.51
 
 
 12.54
 
 
 (0.01)
 
-200bp
 
 
 409,457
  
 3,950
 
 
 0.97
 
 
 12.28
 
 
 (0.27)
 
-300bp
 
 
 423,039
  
 17,531
 
 
 4.32
 
 
 12.41
 
 
 (0.15)
 
_________
bps-basis point
 
The table above indicates that at December 31, 2025, in the event of a 100-basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 0.01 basis point decrease in NPV, as compared to a 0.27 percent 
increase at December 31, 2024.
 
Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurement. Modeling changes in NPV require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the 
manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NPV table presented assumes that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities 
existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of 
the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV table provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements 
are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
 
32
 

Table of Contents
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of BCB Bancorp, Inc.
 
Opinion on the Financial Statements
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes to 
the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 
December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013 and our 
report dated March 9, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Basis for Opinion
 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public 
accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial 
statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether 
due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. 
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
Critical Audit Matter
 
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit 
committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The 
communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing 
a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
 
Allowance for Credit Losses – Loans Evaluated on a Collective Basis
 
As described in Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements, the Company has recorded an allowance for credit losses on loans receivable (“ACL”) in the amount of $33.7 million as of December 31, 
2025, representing management’s estimate of credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Company’s loan portfolio as of that date. 
 
The Company’s methodology to determine its ACL utilizing third-party software to arrive at an expected life-of-loan loss amount that incorporates a probability of default and loss given default 
approach for commercial business and commercial real estate and multi-family loans and a discounted cash flow approach for residential real estate and consumer loans. Both of these approaches use 
industry-based loss history and Company specific prepayment rates that are adjusted based on various current and reasonable and supportable forecasted economic factors including, as relevant, home 
price indices, treasury yields, national and local unemployment rates and national real disposable income growth rates.  The results of these calculations are then qualitatively adjusted by management 
based on portfolio specific attributes including recent growth trends, credit concentrations, personnel changes and other portfolio relevant information. We determined that performing procedures 
relating to these components of the Company’s methodology is a critical audit matter.
 
The principal considerations for our determination are (i) the application of significant judgment and estimation on the part of management, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment and 
subjectivity in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence obtained, and (ii) significant audit effort was necessary in evaluating management’s methodology, significant assumptions and 
calculations. 
 
 
How the Critical Audit Matter was addressed in the Audit
 
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the 
Company’s measurement of the collective ACL, including controls over the:
 
33
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 

Evaluation of the methodologies used to calculate the collective estimate

Completeness and accuracy of loan data used in the determination of significant assumptions

Evaluation of significant model assumptions including economic forecasts, probability of default and loss-given default rates

Development of qualitative adjustments to model results

Review of service auditor’s System and Organization Controls Report SOC 1 Type 2 related to the third-party model provider
 
 
Addressing the above matters involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements.   These 
procedures also included, among others, ensuring appropriate recalculation of the models used along with management’s review of the service auditor’s SOC 1 Type 2 results, evaluating various 
significant assumptions used in the calculation, testing management’s process for determining the qualitative reserve component, evaluating the appropriateness of management’s methodology relating 
to the qualitative reserve component and testing the completeness and accuracy of data utilized by management. 
 
 
/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.
Auditor ID: 392
Boston, Massachusetts
March 9, 2026
 
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
 
34
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of BCB Bancorp, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited BCB Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated 
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal 
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of 
December 31, 2025 and 2024 and each of the years in the three-year period then ended and our report dated March 9, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal 
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material 
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are 
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only 
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to 
the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
 
/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.
Boston, Massachusetts 
March 9, 2026
 
 
35
 

Table of Contents
 
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 
 
2025
 
2024
 
(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data) 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and amounts due from depository institutions 
$
 13,794   $
 14,075 
Interest-earning deposits 
 
 262,790    
 303,207 
   Total cash and cash equivalents 
 
 276,584    
 317,282 
 
 
   
 
Interest-earning time deposits
 
 735    
 735 
Debt securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $129,646)
 
 126,395    
 101,717 
Equity investments, at fair value (amortized cost of $108,590)
 
 9,172    
 9,472 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $33,691 and
 
   
 
    $34,789, respectively
 
 2,691,091    
 2,996,259 
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost
 
 14,176    
 24,272 
Premises and equipment, net
 
 12,056    
 12,569 
Accrued interest receivable
 
 13,834    
 15,176 
Other real estate owned
 
 5,000    
 -
Deferred income taxes 
 
 22,209    
 17,181 
Goodwill and other intangibles
 
 5,253    
 5,253 
Operating lease right-of-use assets
 
 10,660    
 12,686 
Bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI")
 
 79,366    
 76,040 
Other assets 
 
 12,935    
 10,476 
    Total Assets
$
 3,279,466   $
 3,599,118 
 
 
   
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
LIABILITIES
 
   
 
Non-interest-bearing deposits
$
 531,140   $
 520,387 
Interest bearing deposits
 
 2,142,433    
 2,230,471 
  Total deposits
 
 2,673,573    
 2,750,858 
FHLB Advances
 
 235,000    
 455,361 
Subordinated debentures
 
 43,210    
 42,961 
Operating lease liability
 
 11,140    
 13,139 
Other liabilities
 
 12,259    
 12,874 
    Total Liabilities 
 
 2,975,182    
 3,275,193 
 
 
   
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - SEE NOTE 17
 
    
 
 
 
   
 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
   
 
Preferred stock: $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 2,548 shares of Series J 8.0% and Series K 6.0% 
(liquidation value $10,000 per share) noncumulative perpetual preferred stock at December 31, 2025 and 2,496 shares of Series J 8.0% and 
Series K 6.0% (liquidation value $10,000 per share) noncumulative perpetual preferred stock at December 31, 2024
 
 -   
 -
Additional paid-in capital preferred stock
 
 25,243    
 24,723 
Common stock: no par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized, issued 20,508,183 and 20,296,748 at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 
2024, respectively, outstanding 17,274,212 shares and 17,062,777 shares, at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively
 
 -   
 -
Additional paid-in capital common stock
 
 203,429    
 200,935 
Retained earnings 
 
 116,415    
 141,853 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
 (2,456)   
 (5,239)
Treasury stock, at cost, 3,233,971 and 3,233,971 shares at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively
 
 (38,347)   
 (38,347)
    Total Stockholders' Equity
 
 304,284    
 323,925 
 
 
   
 
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
 3,279,466   $
 3,599,118 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
36
 

Table of Contents
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
 
2025
 
  
2024
 
  
2023
 
(In Thousands, Except for Per Share Data) 
Interest and dividend income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Loans, including fees
$
 154,199 
 
$
 172,046 
 
$
 169,559
  Mortgage-backed securities
 
 2,941 
 
 
 1,378 
 
 
 880
  Other investment securities
 
 4,053 
 
 
 3,953 
 
 
 4,226
  FHLB stock dividends and other interest-earning assets 
 
 11,766 
 
 
 16,632 
 
 
 13,695
     Total interest and dividend income
 
 172,959 
 
 
 194,009 
 
 
 188,360
Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Demand and money market accounts
 
 21,806 
 
 
 22,158 
 
 
 16,915
     Savings and club 
 
 814 
 
 
 620  
 
 
 620
     Certificates of deposit
 
 38,502 
 
 
 55,442 
 
 
 39,157
 
 
 61,122 
 
 
 78,220 
 
 
 56,692
     Borrowings
 
 18,796 
 
 
 23,768 
 
 
 27,606
       Total interest expense
 
 79,918 
 
 
 101,988 
 
 
 84,298
Net interest income:
 
 93,041 
 
 
 92,021 
 
 
 104,062
Provision for credit losses
 
 42,011 
 
 
 11,570 
 
 
 6,104
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
 
 51,030 
 
 
 80,451 
 
 
 97,958
Non-interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Fees and service charges
 
 4,962 
 
 
 4,717 
 
 
 5,334
   BOLI income
 
 3,326 
 
 
 2,633 
 
 
 1,751
   Gain (loss) on sale of loans
 
 29 
 
 
 (5,325) 
 
 
 36
   Gain on sales of other real estate owned 
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 77
   Realized and unrealized (loss) gain on equity investments
 
 (300) 
 
 
 379 
 
 
 (3,361)
   Other
 
 538 
 
 
 536 
 
 
 251
      Total non-interest income
 
 8,555 
 
 
 2,940 
 
 
 4,088
Non-interest expense: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Salaries and employee benefits
 
 31,400 
 
 
 28,229 
 
 
 30,827
   Occupancy and equipment
 
 10,404 
 
 
 10,247 
 
 
 10,340
   Data processing service fees
 
 7,919 
 
 
 6,960 
 
 
 6,968
   Professional fees
 
 3,093 
 
 
 2,416 
 
 
 2,735
   Director fees
 
 1,351 
 
 
 1,151 
 
 
 1,083
   Regulatory assessments
 
 3,287 
 
 
 3,530 
 
 
 3,585
   Advertising and promotional
 
 1,125 
 
 
 863 
 
 
 1,348
   Other real estate owned, net
 
 15,077 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 7
   Other
 
 4,227 
 
 
 3,725 
 
 
 3,698
      Total non-interest expense
 
 77,883 
 
 
 57,121 
 
 
 60,591
(Loss) Income before income tax (benefit) provision
 
 (18,298) 
 
 
 26,270 
 
 
 41,455
Income tax (benefit) provision
 
 (5,771) 
 
 
 7,647 
 
 
 11,972
Net (Loss) Income
$
 (12,527) 
 
$
 18,623 
 
$
 29,483
Preferred stock dividends
 
 1,929 
 
 
 1,832 
 
 
 702
Net (Loss) Income available to common stockholders
$
 (14,456) 
 
$
 16,791 
 
$
 28,781
Net (Loss) Income per common share-basic and diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
 (0.84) 
 
$
 0.99 
 
$
 1.71
Diluted
$
 (0.84) 
 
$
 0.99 
 
$
 1.70
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
 17,186 
 
 
 17,007 
 
 
 16,870
Diluted
 
 17,186 
 
 
 17,018 
 
 
 16,932
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
37
 

Table of Contents
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Net (Loss) Income
$
 (12,527) 
$
 18,623  
$
 29,483 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Available-for-sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period 
 
 3,623  
 
 2,507  
 
 (1,493)
             Tax effects
 
 (892) 
 
 (618) 
 
 355 
        Benefit Plans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             Actuarial gain 
 
 74  
 
 519  
 
 131 
             Income tax (expense) benefit
 
 (22) 
 
 (156) 
 
 7 
                           Net-of-tax amount
 
 52  
 
 363  
 
 138 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 2,783  
 
 2,252  
 
 (1,000)
Comprehensive (loss) income
$
 (9,744) 
$
 20,875  
$
 28,483 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
38
 

Table of Contents
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
 
Additional
Paid In
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
  
Treasury
Stock
 
Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
Balance at December 31, 2022
$
 - $
 - $
 217,167  $
 115,109  $
 (34,531) $
 (6,491) $
 291,254 
Effect of adopting ASU No. 2016-13 ("CECL")
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,870   
 -  
 -  
 2,870 
Beginning Balance at January 1, 2023
 
 -  
 -  
 217,167   
 117,979   
 (34,531)  
 (6,491)  
 294,124 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
Net income
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 29,483   
 -  
 -  
 29,483 
Other comprehensive loss
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (1,000)  
 (1,000)
Redemption of Series H Preferred Stock
 
 -  
 -  
 (11,230)  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (11,230)
Issuance of Series J Preferred Stock
 
 -  
 -  
 15,270   
   
 -  
 -  
 15,270 
Exercise of Stock Options (53,731 shares)
 
 -  
 -  
 418   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 418 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 -  
 -  
 593   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 593 
Dividends payable on Series H 3.5%, Series I 3.0% and Series J 8% 
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (702)  
 -  
 -  
 (702)
Cash dividends on common stock ($0.64 per share declared)
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (10,440)  
 -  
 -  
 (10,440)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 393   
 (393)  
 -  
 -  
 -
Stock Purchase Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 1,355   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,355 
Treasury Stock Purchases (266,753 shares)
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (3,816)  
 -  
 (3,816)
Balance at December 31, 2023
$
 - $
 - $
 223,966  $
 135,927  $
 (38,347) $
 (7,491) $
 314,055 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
Net income
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 18,623   
 -  
 -  
 18,623 
Other comprehensive income
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,252   
 2,252 
Redemption of Series H Preferred Stock
 
 -  
 -  
 (10,010)  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (10,010)
Issuance of Series J and K Preferred Stock
 
 -  
 -  
 9,690   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 9,690 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 -  
 -  
 767   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 767 
Dividends payable on Series I 3.0% and Series J 8% noncumulative 
perpetual preferred stock
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (1,833)  
 -  
 -  
 (1,833)
Cash dividends on common stock ($0.64 per share declared)
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (10,443)  
 -  
 -  
 (10,443)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 421   
 (421)  
 -  
 -  
 -
Stock Purchase Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 824   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 824 
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
 - $
 - $
 225,658  $
 141,853  $
 (38,347) $
 (5,239) $
 323,925 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
    
Net loss
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (12,527)  
 -  
 -  
 (12,527)
Other comprehensive income
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,783   
 2,783 
Issuance of Series K Preferred Stock
 
 -  
 -  
 520   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 520 
Stock-based compensation expense
 
 -  
 -  
 1,016   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,016 
Dividends payable on Series J 8.0% and Series K 6.0% noncumulative 
perpetual preferred stock
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (1,929)  
 -  
 -  
 (1,929)
Cash dividends on common stock ($0.64 per share declared)
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (10,625)  
 -  
 -  
 (10,625)
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 358   
 (357)  
 -  
 -  
 1
Stock Purchase Plan
 
 -  
 -  
 1,120   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,120 
Ending balance at December 31, 2025
$
 - $
 - $
 228,672  $
 116,415  $
 (38,347) $
 (2,456) $
 304,284 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
39
 

Table of Contents
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
Cash flows from Operating Activities:
 
(In Thousands)
Net (loss) income
 
$
 (12,527) $
 18,623  $
 29,483 
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
   
   
 
         Depreciation of premises and equipment
 
 
 1,560   
 1,713   
 1,978 
         Amortization and accretion, net
 
 
 (592)  
 (1,464)  
 (2,533)
         Provision for credit losses
 
 
 42,011   
 11,570   
 6,104 
         Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
 
 
 (5,942)  
 258   
 (2,537)
         Loans originated for sale
 
 
 (1,693)  
 (4,874)  
 (2,964)
         Proceeds from sale of loans
 
 
 1,722   
 40,096   
 2,371 
         Gain (loss) on sales of loans
 
 
 (29)  
 5,325   
 (36)
         OREO valuation allowance
 
 
 15,077   
 -  
 -
         Gain on sales of fixed asset
 
 
 -  
 (4)  
 -
         Realized and unrealized loss (gain) on equity investments
 
 
 300   
 (379)  
 3,361 
         Gain from sales of other real estate owned
 
 
 -  
 -  
 (77)
         Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI
 
 
 (3,326)  
 (2,633)  
 (1,751)
         Stock-based compensation expense
 
 
 1,016   
 767   
 593 
         Net change in accrued interest receivable
 
 
 1,342   
 896   
 (2,617)
         Net change in other assets
 
 
 (2,459)  
 (48)  
 (890)
         Net change in accrued interest payable
 
 
 (1,139)  
 (582)  
 2,704 
         Net change in other liabilities
 
 
 598   
 (1,537)  
 1,969 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities
 
 35,919   
 67,727   
 35,158 
Cash flows from Investing Activities:
 
 
   
   
 
         Proceeds from repayments, calls, and maturities on securities
 
 
 41,242   
 3,769   
 14,745 
         Purchases of securities
 
 
 (62,333)  
 (15,224)  
 (12,498)
         Proceeds from sales of securities
 
 
 -  
 -  
 5,232 
         Proceeds from sales of premises
 
 
 -  
 4   
 -
         Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned
 
 
 -  
 -  
 152 
         Proceeds from sale of loans held in portfolio
 
 
 -  
 6,127   
 -
         Net decrease (increase) in loans receivable 
 
 
 244,423   
 228,676   
 (231,622)
         Additions to premises and equipment
 
 
 (1,047)  
 (1,225)  
 (4,527)
         Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock
 
 
 10,096   
 645   
 (4,804)
Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Investing Activities
 
 
 232,381   
 222,772   
 (233,322)
Cash flows from Financing Activities:
 
 
   
   
 
         Net (decrease) increase in deposits 
 
 
 (77,285)  
 (228,222)  
 167,473 
         Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Long Term Advances
 
 
 -  
 -  
 400,000 
         Repayments Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Long Term Advances
 
 
 (220,800)  
 (18,000)  
 (150,000)
         Net change in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Short Term Advances
 
 
 -  
 -  
 (160,000)
         Purchase of treasury stock
 
 
 -  
 -  
 (3,816)
         Cash dividends paid on common stock
 
 
 (10,625)  
 (10,443)  
 (10,440)
         Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
 
 
 (1,928)  
 (1,833)  
 (702)
         Net proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 
 1,120   
 824   
 1,355 
         Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
 
 
 520   
 9,690   
 15,270 
         Payments for redemption of preferred stock
 
 
 -  
 (10,010)  
 (11,230)
         Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt
 
 
 -  
 38,754   
 -
         Net payment from redemption of subordinated debt
 
 
 -  
 (33,500)  
 -
         Exercise of stock options
 
 
 -  
 -  
 418 
             Net Cash (Used In) Provided by Financing Activities 
 
 
 (308,998)  
 (252,740)  
 248,328 
             Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
 
 (40,698)  
 37,759   
 50,164 
Cash and Cash Equivalents-Beginning
 
 
 317,282   
 279,523   
 229,359 
Cash and Cash Equivalents-Ending 
 
$
 276,584  $
 317,282  $
 279,523 
 
 
40
 

Table of Contents
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Supplementary Cash Flow Information
 
  
 
  
 
 
        Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds
$
 1,801  
$
 6,879  
$
 18,027 
        Cash paid for interest
$
 81,058  
$
 102,570  
$
 81,594 
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
 
  
 
  
 
 
        Loans transferred to Other Real Estate Owned
$
 20,077  
$
 - 
$
 -
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
 
41
 

Table of Contents
 
Note 1 - Organization
 
BCB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated in the State of New Jersey and is a bank holding company. The common stock of the Company is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market and 
trades under the symbol “BCBP”.
 
The Company’s primary business is the ownership and operation of BCB Community Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a New Jersey based commercial bank which, as of December 31, 2025, operated 
at 27 locations in Bayonne, Edison, Fairfield, Hoboken, Holmdel, Jersey City, Lyndhurst, Maplewood, Monroe Township, Newark, Parsippany, Plainsboro, South Orange, River Edge, Rutherford, 
Union, and Woodbridge New Jersey, as well as Staten Island and Hicksville, New York and is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and 
Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using these deposits, together with 
borrowed funds, to invest in securities and to make loans collateralized by residential and commercial real estate and, to a lesser extent, business and consumer loans. BCB Holding Company 
Investment Corp. (the “New Jersey Investment Company”) was organized in January 2005 under New Jersey law as a New Jersey investment company primarily to hold investment and mortgage-
backed securities. As a part of the merger with IA Bancorp, Inc., the Company acquired Special Asset REO 1, LLC and Special Asset REO 2, LLC. The Bank changed the name of Special Asset REO 
1, LLC to BCB Capital Finance Group, LLC in November 2023. Special Asset REO 2, LLC had one foreclosed property at December 31, 2025, totaling $5.0 million. 
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Consolidated Financial Statement Presentation
 
The consolidated financial statements which include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Bank, the New Jersey Investment Company, BCB Capital Finance Group 
LLC, and Special Asset REO 2, LLC have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have 
been eliminated in consolidation.
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the years then ended. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to 
significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for credit losses and a determination as to possible impairment of goodwill. Management believes that the allowance for credit losses is 
adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for credit losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions in 
the market area. Management performed a quantitative assessment of goodwill and determined there was no impairment as of December 31, 2025. 
 
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for credit losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize 
additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluated the events that occurred between December 31, 2025, and the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and amounts due from depository institutions and interest-earning deposits in other banks having original maturities of three months or less.
 
42
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Debt Securities 
 
Investments in debt securities that the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. Debt securities that are 
bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near-term are classified as trading securities and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. 
Debt securities not classified as trading securities or as held-to-maturity securities are classified as available-for-sale securities (“AFS”) and reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains or 
losses, net of applicable deferred income taxes, reported in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are 
recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method. There were no debt securities classified as held-to-maturity on December 31, 2025 and 2024.
For debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more than likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its 
amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For securities available-for-
sale that do not meet the above criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the Company considers the 
extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash 
flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost 
basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost. Any impairment that has not been 
recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company elected the practical expedient of zero loss estimates for securities issued by 
U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major agencies, and have a long history of no credit 
losses.
 
Discounts on securities are amortized/accreted to maturity using the interest method. Premiums on securities are amortized to maturity or the earliest call date for callable securities using the interest 
method. Interest and dividend income on securities, which includes amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, are recognized in the consolidated financial statements when earned.  
 
Loans Held For Sale
 
Loans held for sale consist primarily of residential mortgage loans intended for sale and are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair market value using the aggregate method. These loans are 
generally sold with servicing rights released. Gains and losses recognized on loan sales are based upon the cash proceeds received and the amortized cost of the related loans sold. 
 
Loans Receivable
 
Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal balances, less net deferred loan origination fees and the allowance for credit losses. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are 
deferred and amortized/accreted, as an adjustment of yield, over the contractual lives of the related loans.
 
Generally, the accrual of interest on loans that are contractually delinquent more than ninety days is discontinued and the related loans are placed on nonaccrual status. All payments received while in 
nonaccrual status, are applied to principal until the loan has performed as expected for a minimum of six (6) months or until the loan is determined to qualify for return to normal accruing status. Loans 
may be returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
 
Concentration of Risk
 
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company and its subsidiaries to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents, investment and mortgage-backed securities and 
loans.
 
Cash and cash equivalents include amounts placed with highly rated financial institutions. Securities include securities backed by the U.S. Government and other highly rated instruments. The Bank’s 
lending activity is primarily concentrated in loans collateralized by real estate in the State of New Jersey and the New York metropolitan area as a result, credit risk related to loans is broadly 
dependent on the real estate market and general economic conditions in the area.
 
 
 
43
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Allowance for Credit losses
The allowance for credit losses represents the estimated amount considered necessary to cover lifetime expected credit losses inherent in financial assets at the balance sheet date. The 
measurement of expected credit losses is applicable to loans receivable and securities measured at amortized cost. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures such as loan commitments and 
unused lines of credit. The allowance is established through a provision for credit losses that is charged against income. The methodology for determining the allowance for credit losses is considered a 
critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the forecasted economic 
environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses on loans is reported separately as a contra-asset on the consolidated 
statements of financial condition. The expected credit loss for unfunded lending commitments and unfunded loan commitments is reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition in 
other liabilities while the provision for credit losses related to unfunded commitments is reported in other non-interest expense.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Receivable
The allowance for credit losses on loans is deducted from the amortized cost basis of the loan to present the net amount expected to be collected. Expected losses are evaluated and calculated 
on a collective, or pooled, basis for those loans which share similar risk characteristics. If the loan does not share risk characteristics with other loans, the Company will evaluate the loan on an 
individual basis. Individually evaluated loans are primarily nonaccrual and collateral dependent loans.  Furthermore, the Company evaluates the pooling methodology at least annually to ensure that 
loans with similar risk characteristics are pooled appropriately. Loans are charged off against the allowance for credit losses when the Company believes the balances to be uncollectible. Expected 
recoveries do not exceed the aggregate of amounts previously charged off or expected to be charged off.
The Company has chosen to segment its portfolio consistent with the manner in which it manages credit risk. The Company calculates estimated credit losses for these loan segments using 
quantitative models and qualitative factors. Further information on loan segmentation and the credit loss estimation is included in Note 5 – Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses. 
Individually Evaluated Loans
On a case-by-case basis, the Company may conclude that a loan should be evaluated on an individual basis based on its disparate risk characteristics. When the Company determines that a 
loan no longer shares similar risk characteristics with other loans in the portfolio, the allowance will be determined on an individual basis using the present value of expected cash flows or, for 
collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral as of the reporting date, less estimated selling costs, as applicable. If the fair value of the collateral is less than the amortized cost basis of the 
loan, the Company will charge off the difference between the fair value of the collateral, less costs to sell at the reporting date and the amortized cost basis of the loan.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Commitments
The Company is required to include unfunded commitments that are expected to be funded in the future within the allowance calculation, other than those that are unconditionally cancelable. 
To arrive at that reserve, the reserve percentage for each applicable segment is applied to the unused portion of the expected commitment balance and is multiplied by the expected funding rate. As 
noted above, the allowance for credit losses on unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition and the related credit expense is 
recorded in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. 
Allowance for Credit Losses on Available-for-Sale Securities
For available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more than likely than not that it will be required to sell the security 
before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. For 
securities available-for-sale that do not meet the above criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, the 
Company considers the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost and adverse conditions related to the security, among other factors.  If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the 
present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than 
the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost. Any impairment 
that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax. The Company elected the practical expedient of zero loss estimates for 
securities issued by U.S. government entities and agencies. These securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, are highly rated by major agencies, and have a long 
history of no credit losses.
Accrued Interest Receivable
The Company made an accounting policy election to exclude accrued interest receivable from the amortized cost basis of loans and available-for-sale securities. Accrued interest receivable on 
loans and securities is reported as a component of accrued interest receivable on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
Premises and Equipment
 
Land is carried at cost. Buildings, building improvements, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Significant 
renovations and additions are charged to the property and equipment account. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense in the period incurred. Depreciation charges are computed on the 
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of each type of asset.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Buildings
 
40
 
Building improvements
 
7 - 40
 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
5 - 7
 
Leasehold improvements
 
Shorter of useful life or term of lease
 
 
44
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock
 
Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB system to purchase and hold restricted stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula. Such stock is carried at cost. The 
Company reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis of the stock. No impairment charges were recorded related to the FHLB of New York stock during 2025, 2024 
or 2023.
 
Other Real Estate Owned
 
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosures are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to 
foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Costs relating to development and 
improvement of property are capitalized, whereas costs relating to the holding of property are expensed. At December 31, 2025, the Bank owned one foreclosed property totaling $5.0 million. At 
December 31, 2024, the Bank owned no foreclosed properties.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The Bank is principally engaged in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using these deposits, together with other funds, to make loans primarily secured by real estate and to 
purchase securities. The potential for interest-rate risk exists as a result of the difference in duration of the Bank’s interest-sensitive liabilities compared to its interest-sensitive assets. For this reason, 
management regularly monitors the maturity structure of the Bank’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in order to measure its level of interest-rate risk and to plan for future 
volatility.
Fair Value Hierarchy
 
Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure 
fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs 
(Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities. 
 
Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. 
 
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).
 
An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans for others. The right to service loans for others is generally obtained through the sale of loans with servicing retained. 
The initial asset recognized for originated mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) is measured at fair value. The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third-party valuations through 
an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing 
costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market’s perception of future interest rate movements. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing 
income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a 
valuation allowance through charges to earnings as a component of fees and service charges. Subsequent increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the 
previously recognized valuation allowance. Fees earned for servicing loans are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets
 
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been 
isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the 
Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance policies are reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition at cash surrender value. Changes in the net cash surrender value of the policies, as well as 
insurance proceeds received in excess of carrying value, are reflected in non-interest income on the consolidated statements of operations and are not subject to income taxes.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill resulting from a business combination is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired as of the acquisition 
date. Goodwill acquired in a business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized but tested for impairment at least annually. 
 
The Company conducts impairment analysis on goodwill at least annually or more often as conditions require. The Company reported a net loss in the first quarter of 2025 and observed a sustained 
decline in its stock price. Under ASC 350-20-35-30, management considered this a triggering event and performed an interim impairment assessment of goodwill as of May 31, 2025. The results of the 
analysis determined that there was no impairment needed.
 
As a result of the net loss for the year ending December 31, 2025, the Company conducted a quantitative assessment of goodwill as of December 31, 2025, and determined that it was more likely than 
not that goodwill was not impaired. Accordingly, there was no impairment at December 31, 2025. Refer to the Critical Accounting Estimates for additional details.
 
45
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Income taxes are allocated to the Company and its subsidiaries based upon their respective income or loss included in 
the consolidated income tax return. Separate state income tax returns are filed by the Company and its subsidiaries.
Federal and state income tax expense has been provided on the basis of reported income. The amounts reflected on the tax returns differ from these provisions due principally to temporary differences 
in the reporting of certain items for financial reporting and income tax reporting purposes. The tax effect of these temporary differences is accounted for as deferred taxes applicable to future periods. 
Deferred income tax expense or (benefit) is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial 
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in 
the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that 
includes the enactment date. The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance provided, when necessary, for that portion of the asset which is not more likely than not to be 
realized. 
 
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the consolidated financial statements in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold 
and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, 
classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be 
sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that has a likelihood of being realized on examination of 
more than 50 percent. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Under the “more likely than not” threshold guidelines, the Company believes no 
significant uncertain tax positions exist, either individually or in the aggregate, which would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties 
on unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not recognize any interest and penalties for the years ended December 31, 2025, 
2024, or 2023. The tax years subject to examination by the Federal taxing authority are the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. The tax years subject to examination by the State taxing 
authorities are the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
 
Rollforward of Shares Outstanding of Common and Preferred Stock
 
The Company maintains various classes of equity securities. Common stock is issued without par value. Preferred stock has a par value of $0.01 per share; however, because the par value is not 
meaningful to the amounts involved, the Company presents only share counts in the rollforward below. Share activity includes issuances under share-based compensation plans, dividend reinvestment 
plan (“DRIP”) issuances, and repurchases of common stock under authorized programs. The following tables summarize changes in shares outstanding for each class of stock for the periods presented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
Common Stock (shares)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning Shares
 
 17,062,777  
 16,904,323  
 16,930,979 
Shares Issued - stock options
 
 - 
 167  
 53,731 
Shares Issued - DRIP
 
 169,762  
 108,287  
 77,797 
Restricted Stock Grants
 
 43,773  
 50,000  
 108,569 
Restricted Stock Forfeitures
 
 (2,100) 
 - 
 -
Treasury Stock Purchased
 
 - 
 - 
 (266,753)
Ending Shares
 
 17,274,212  
 17,062,777  
 16,904,323 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
Preferred Stock (shares)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning Shares
 
 2,496  
 2,528  
 2,124 
Shares Issued - Series J
 
 - 
 472  
 1,527 
Shares Issued - Series K
 
 52  
 497  
 -
Shares Redeemed - Series H
 
 - 
 - 
 (1,123)
Shares Redeemed - Series I
 
 - 
 (1,001) 
 -
Ending Shares
 
 2,548  
 2,496  
 2,528 
 
46
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Net Income per Common Share
 
Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income less dividends on preferred stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. The diluted net 
income per common share is computed by adjusting the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding to include the effects of outstanding stock options, if dilutive, using the 
treasury stock method. Dilution is not applicable in periods of net loss. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 the difference in the weighted average number of basic and diluted 
common shares was due solely to the effects of outstanding stock options. No adjustments to net income were necessary in calculating basic and diluted net income per share. For the years ended 
December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Company had 876,000, 436,000 and 6,476 shares considered to be anti-dilutive, respectively. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
 
Net Income
 
Shares
 
Per Share
  
Net Income
 
Shares
 
Per Share
  
Net Income
 
Shares
 
Per Share
 
 
(Numerator)  
(Denominator)  
Amount
  
(Numerator)  
(Denominator)  
Amount
  
(Numerator)  
(Denominator)  
Amount
 
(In Thousands, Except per share data)
Net (loss) income
$
 (12,527)
 
 
 
 
 $
 18,623
 
 
 
 
 $
 29,483
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share-
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(Loss) Income available to 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Common stockholders
$
 (14,456)
 
 17,186
$
 (0.84)
 $
 16,791
 
 17,007
$
 0.99
 $
 28,781
 
 16,870
$
 1.71
Effect of dilutive securities:  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Stock options
 
 
 
 -
 
 
  
 
 
 11
 
 
  
 
 
 62
 
 
Diluted earnings per share-  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Income available to
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Common stockholders
$
 (14,456)
 
 17,186
$
 (0.84)
 $
 16,791
 
 17,018
$
 0.99
 $
 28,781
 
 16,932
$
 1.70
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
The Company, under plans approved by its stockholders in 2023, 2018, and 2011, has granted stock options to employees and outside directors. See Note 12 for additional information as to option 
grants. Compensation expense recognized for option grants is net of estimated forfeitures and is recognized over the awards’ respective requisite service periods. The fair values relating to options 
granted are estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock and other factors, such as implied market volatility 
using the respective options’ expected term. The Company used the mid-point of the original vesting period and original option life to estimate the options’ expected term, which represents the period 
of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of 
grant. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair values of option awards, which have graded vesting, on a straight-line basis.
 
47
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
 
Benefit Plans
 
The Company acquired, through the merger with Pamrapo Bancorp, Inc., a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible employees of Pamrapo Savings Bank. Effective 
January 1, 2010, the defined benefit pension plan (the “Pension Plan”), was frozen by Pamrapo Savings Bank. All benefits for eligible participants accrued in the Pension Plan to January 1, 2010, have 
been retained. The benefits are based on years of service and employee’s compensation. The Pension Plan is funded in conformity with funding requirements of applicable government regulations. 
Prior service costs for the Pension Plan generally are amortized over the estimated remaining service periods of employees.
 
The Bank entered into a Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement (the “SERP Agreement”) with its previous Chief Executive Officer (“the CEO”) in December 2021. The SERP Agreement 
provides the CEO with supplemental retirement income payable in the form of a life annuity. The monthly benefit payment is $10,000 and payments commenced in February 2025. The amount 
charged to expense follows the vesting schedule in the SERP Agreement and was $95,000, $45,000, and $350,000 during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
 
Operating Segments
 
The Company operates as a single reportable segment under ASC 280, as the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews financial performance and allocates resources based on the 
consolidated results of the Company as a whole. The Company, through its bank subsidiary, provides banking services to individuals and companies primarily in New Jersey and New York. These 
services include commercial lending, residential lending, and consumer lending, checking, savings and time deposits, and cash management. The CODM primarily evaluates performance using net 
interest income and net income as reported in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company’s primary measure of profitability is net interest income, which represents interest earned on 
loans and investment securities, net of interest expense on deposits and borrowings. In addition, the CODM considers net income as a key measure of overall financial performance. The Company’s 
CODM is the President & Chief Executive Officer.
 
Other performance indicators regularly reviewed by management include:

Net Interest Margin (NIM) – Measures the profitability of interest-earning assets.

Return on Assets (ROA) and Return on Equity (ROE) – Evaluates efficiency and shareholder returns.

Efficiency Ratio – Assesses cost management by comparing non-interest expense to total revenue.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
The Company records unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, on securities available-for-sale in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).  Realized gains and losses, if any, 
are reclassified to non-interest income upon sale of the related securities or upon the recognition of an impairment loss. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) also includes benefit plan 
amounts recognized in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation-Retirement Benefits, which reflect, net of tax, the unrecognized actuarial gains (losses) on the benefit plans. 
 
Reclassification
 
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company revised the presentation of certain loan portfolio categories to better reflect the nature and risk characteristics of the underlying loans. Prior-
period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current-period presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on total loans, the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial 
position.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In November 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2025-08, Financial Instruments- Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans. 
The amendment expands the gross-up approach to certain acquired loans defined as “purchased seasoned loans” (PSLs). For PSLs the allowance for credit losses is recognized at acquisition as an 
adjustment to amortized cost, eliminating Day-1 provision expense. The amendments are expected to enhance comparability and simplify application for institutions acquiring loan portfolios. The 
update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2026. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not anticipate adoption having an impact on the consolidated financial 
statements. 
 
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The ASU is intended to enhance the transparency of income tax disclosures, 
primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The amendments in this ASU require a tabular reconciliation using both percentages and reporting currency amounts, 
with prescribed categories and separate disclosure of reconciling items with an effect equal to 5% or more of the amount determined by multiplying pretax income (or loss) from continuing operations 
by the applicable statutory income tax rate; a qualitative description of the states and local jurisdictions that make up the majority (greater than 50%) of the effect of the state and local income taxes; 
and the amount of income taxes paid, net of refunds received, disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign taxes and by individual jurisdictions when 5% or more of total income taxes paid, net of 
refunds received. The ASU also includes other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. The update is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with 
early adoption permitted. The transition method is prospective with retrospective method permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-09 did not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
 
48
 

Table of Contents
 
Note 3 - Related Party Transactions
 
The Bank leases a property from New Bay, LLC. (“New Bay”), a limited liability company 100 percent owned by Directors of the Bank and the Company. In conjunction with the lease, New Bay 
substantially removed the pre-existing structure on the site and constructed a new building suitable to the Bank for its banking operations. Under the terms of the lease, the cost of this project was 
reimbursed to New Bay by the Bank. The amount reimbursed, which occurred during the year 2000, was $943,000, and is included in premises and equipment under the caption “Building and 
improvements” (see Note 6). On May 1, 2006, the Bank renegotiated the lease to a twenty-five-year term. The Bank paid New Bay $165,000 a year ($13,750 per month) which is included in the 
consolidated statements of operations for 2025, 2024 and 2023, within occupancy expense. The rent is to be adjusted every five years thereafter at the fair market rental value. The Bank expects to pay 
$165,000 in rental expense for the year 2026. 
 
On March 6, 2014, the Bank entered into a ten-year lease of property in Rutherford, New Jersey with 190 Park Avenue, LLC, which is owned by Directors of the Bank and the Company. The rent is 
$9,227 per month and lease payments of $123,000, $117,000 and $105,000 were made in years 2025, 2024 and 2023, which are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within occupancy 
expense. The Bank expects to pay $113,000 in rental expense for the year 2026. This was renewed in April 2024 for 10 years.
 
On August 3, 2018, the Bank entered into a ten-year lease of property in River Edge, New Jersey with 876 Kinderkamack, LLC, which is owned by Directors of the Bank and the Company. The rent is 
$9,090 per month and lease payments of $110,000, $99,000 and $97,000 were made in the years 2025, 2024 and 2023, which are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within 
occupancy expense. The Bank expects to pay $110,000 in rental expense for the year 2026.
 
On April 2, 2021, the Bank renewed a five-year lease of property in Lyndhurst, New Jersey with 734 Ridge Realty, LLC, which is owned by Directors of the Bank and the Company. The rent is $7,718 
per month and lease payments of $93,000, $93,000 and $93,000 were made in years 2025, 2024 and 2023, which are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations within occupancy expense. 
The Bank expects to pay $97,000 in rental expense for the year 2026.
 
Note 4- Securities
 
Equity Securities
 
Equity securities are reported at fair value on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company’s portfolio of equity securities had an estimated fair value of $9.2 million 
and $9.5 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Included in this category are equity holdings of financial institutions. Equity securities are defined to include (a) 
preferred, common and other ownership interests in entities including partnerships, joint ventures and limited liability companies and (b) rights to acquire or dispose of ownership interest in entities 
at fixed or determinable prices.
 
Equity securities are generally required to be measured at fair value with market value adjustments being reflected in net income. 
 
The following table presents the disaggregated net gains and losses on equity securities reported in the consolidated statements of operations (In Thousands):
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Twelve 
Months Ended 
December 31, 2025
  
For the Twelve 
Months Ended 
December 31, 2024
  
For the Twelve 
Months Ended 
December 31, 2023
Net (losses) gains recognized during the period on equity securities
$
 (300) $
 379  $
 (3,361)
Less: Net losses recognized during the period on equity securities sold during the period
 
 -  
 -  
 (24)
Unrealized (losses) gains recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date
$
 (300) $
 379  $
 (3,337)
 
Debt Securities Available-for-Sale
 
The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost, estimated fair values, and unrealized gains and losses for the Bank’s debt securities portfolio at December 31 by final 
contractual maturity. The following table does not take into consideration the effects of scheduled repayments or the effects of possible prepayments. Certain securities have interest rates that are 
adjustable and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. The effect of these repricings are not reflected in the table below.  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2025
 
 
 
  
Gross
  
Gross
  
 
 
Amortized
 
 Unrealized
 
 Unrealized
 
 
 
 
 Cost
 
 Gains
 
 Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(In Thousands)
Residential Mortgage-backed securities:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
More than one to five years
$
 754  
$
 - 
$
 23  
$
 731 
More than five to ten years
 
 1,787  
 
 - 
 
 64  
 
 1,723 
More than ten years
 
 74,040  
 
 591  
 
 2,599  
 
 72,032 
Sub-total:
 
 76,581  
 
 591  
 
 2,686  
 
 74,486 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Debt Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
More than one to five years
 
 15,791  
 
 99  
 
 194  
 
 15,696 
More than five to ten years
 
 32,274  
 
 135  
 
 1,209  
 
 31,200 
More than ten years
 
 5,000  
 
 13  
 
 - 
 
 5,013 
Sub-total:
 
 53,065  
 
 247  
 
 1,403  
 
 51,909 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale
$
 129,646  
$
 838  
$
 4,089  
$
 126,395 
 
 
49
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 4- Securities (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2024
 
 
 
  
Gross
  
Gross
  
 
 
Amortized
 
 Unrealized
 
 Unrealized
 
 
 
 
 Cost
 
 Gains
 
 Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(In Thousands)
Residential Mortgage-backed securities
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
More than one to five years
$
 1,286 
$
 - 
$
57 
$
 1,229
More than five to ten years
 
 2,395 
 
 - 
 
 135 
 
 2,260
More than ten years
 
 45,345 
 
 188 
 
 3,508 
 
 42,025
Sub-total:
 
 49,026 
 
 188 
 
 3,700 
 
 45,514
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Debt Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
More than one to five years
 
 37,488 
 
 - 
 
 1,081 
 
 36,407
More than five to ten years
 
 22,076 
 
 - 
 
 2,280 
 
 19,796
Sub-total:
 
 59,564  
 
 - 
 
 3,361 
 
 56,203
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt Securities Available-for-Sale
$
 108,590 
$
 188 
$
 7,061 
$
 101,717
 
The unrealized losses, categorized by the length of time of continuous loss position, and fair value of related securities available-for-sale were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Less than 12 Months
 
More than 12 Months
 
Total
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
 Value
 
 Losses
 
 Value
 
 Losses
 
 Value
 
 Losses
 
(In Thousands)
December 31, 2025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
$
 10,908 
$
 37 
$
 27,036 
$
 2,649 
$
 37,944   $
 2,686
Corporate Debt Securities
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 30,859 
 
 1,403 
 
 30,859 
 
 1,403
 
$
 10,908 
$
 37 
$
 57,895 
$
 4,052 
$
 68,803   $
 4,089
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
$
 10,558 
$
 127 
$
 24,673 
$
 3,573 
$
 35,231   $
 3,700
Corporate Debt Securities
 
 2,985 
 
 19 
 
 51,918 
 
 3,342 
 
 54,903 
 
 3,361
 
$
 13,543 
$
 146 
$
 76,591 
$
 6,915 
$
 90,134   $
 7,061
 
At December 31, 2025, thirty-one residential mortgaged-backed securities and twelve corporate debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 7% and 4%, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2024, thirty-four residential mortgaged-backed securities and twenty corporate debt securities have unrealized losses with aggregate depreciation of 10% and 6%, respectively.  
 
50
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses
 
The following table presents the recorded investment in loans receivable at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 by segment and class:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2025
 
December 31, 2024
 
(In Thousands)
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential one-to-four family
$
 226,708  
$
 239,870 
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 2,040,768  
 
 2,155,929 
Cannabis related (2)
 
 69,293  
 
 103,206 
Construction (1)
 
 68,521  
 
 130,589 
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 168,459  
 
 242,239 
Business express
 
 74,862  
 
 92,947 
Home equity (4) 
 
 74,332  
 
 66,769 
Consumer
 
 3,580  
 
 2,235 
Total Loans
 
 2,726,523  
 
 3,033,784 
Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred loan fees, net
 
 (1,741) 
 
 (2,736)
Allowance for credit losses
 
 (33,691) 
 
 (34,789)
 
 
 (35,432) 
 
 (37,525)
Total Loans, net
$
 2,691,091  
$
 2,996,259 
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
The Company occasionally transfers a portion of its originated commercial loans to participating lending partners. The amounts transferred have been accounted for as sales and are therefore not 
included in the Company’s accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company and its lending partners share proportionally in any gains or losses that may result from a 
borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. The Company continues to service the loans, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees), and 
disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties. 
 
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans serviced by the Bank for the benefit of others totaled $103.6 million and $116.5 million, respectively.
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related-Party Loans
 
The Bank grants loans to its officers and directors and to their affiliates. The activity with respect to loans to directors, officers and affiliates of such persons, is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
(In Thousands)
Balance - beginning
$
 26,505  
$
 28,208 
Loans originated
 
 - 
 
 -
Changes in related party status
 
 (57) 
 
 -
Collections of principal
 
 (551) 
 
 (1,703)
Balance - ending
$
 25,897  
$
 26,505 
 
51
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5- Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Allowance for Credit losses
 
The Company engages a third-party vendor to assist in the CECL calculation and has established a robust internal governance framework to oversee the quarterly estimation process for the allowance 
for credit losses (“ACL”). The ACL calculation methodology relies on regression-based discounted cash flow (“DCF”) models that correlate relationships between certain financial metrics and 
external market and macroeconomic variables. The following are some of the key factors and assumptions that are used in the Company’s CECL calculations:
 

methods based on probability of default and loss given default which are modeled based on macroeconomic scenarios;

a reasonable and supportable forecast period determined based on management’s current review of macroeconomic environment;

a reversion period after the reasonable and supportable forecast period; 

estimated prepayment rates based on the Company’s historical experience and future macroeconomic environment; 

estimated credit utilization rates based on the Company’s historical experience and future macroeconomic environment; and

incorporation of qualitative factors not captured within the modeled results. The qualitative factors include but are not limited to changes in lending policies, business conditions, 
changes in the nature and size of the portfolio, portfolio concentrations, and external factors such as competition.
 
Allowance for credit losses are aggregated for the major loan segments, with similar risk characteristics, summarized below. However, for the purposes of calculating the reserves, these segments may 
be further broken down into loan classes by risk characteristics that include but are not limited to regulatory call codes, industry type, geographic location, and collateral type. 
 
Residential one-to-four family real estate loans involve certain risks such as interest rate risk and risk of non-repayment. Adjustable-rate residential real estate loans decrease the interest rate risk to the 
Bank that is associated with changes in interest rates but involve other risks, primarily because as interest rates rise, the payment by the borrower rises to the extent permitted by the terms of the loan, 
thereby increasing the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying properties may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Repayment risk may be affected by a 
number of factors including, but not necessarily limited to, job loss, divorce, illness and personal bankruptcy of the borrower.
 
Commercial and multi-family real estate lending entails additional risks as compared with residential family property lending. Such loans typically involve large loan balances to single borrowers or 
groups of related borrowers. The payment experience on such loans is typically dependent on the successful operation of the real estate project. The success of such projects is sensitive to changes in 
supply and demand conditions in the market for commercial real estate as well as general economic conditions.
 
Cannabis related loans include commercial and multi-family, construction, and commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry and have the risks inherent in such loan types 
discussed herein. In addition, while medical use cannabis and recreational use businesses are legal in numerous states, including our primary markets of New Jersey and New York, such businesses are 
not legal at the federal level and marijuana remains a Schedule I drug under the Controlled Substances Act of 1970. Federal prosecutors have significant discretion and there can be no assurance that 
the federal prosecutors will not choose to strictly enforce the federal laws governing cannabis. Any change in the federal government’s enforcement position could potentially subject our borrowers to 
criminal prosecution and other sanctions, which would have a material adverse effect on their businesses.
 
Construction lending is generally considered to involve a high risk due to the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers and the effects of the general economic conditions 
on developers and builders. Moreover, a construction loan can involve additional risks because of the inherent difficulty in estimating both a property’s value at completion of the project and the 
estimated cost (including interest) of the project. The nature of these loans is such that they are generally difficult to evaluate and monitor. In addition, speculative construction loans to a builder are not 
necessarily pre-sold and thus pose a greater potential risk to the Bank than construction loans to individuals on their personal residence.
 
Commercial business lending, including lines of credit, is generally considered higher risk due to the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers and the effects of general 
economic conditions on the business. Commercial business loans are primarily secured by inventories and other business assets. In many cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted commercial 
business loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. The Bank has further segregated its commercial business portfolio into commercial business express 
loans that carry higher risk relative to other commercial business loans. The Bank had originated commercial business express loans to support small business owners coming out of the COVID crisis. 
The portfolio consists of a large number of loans with majority of the loans carrying a balance of $250,000 or lower.  
 
Home equity lending entails certain risks such as interest rate risk and risk of non-repayment. The marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates, 
decreasing the collateral value securing the loan. Repayment risk can be affected by job loss, divorce, illness and personal bankruptcy of the borrower. Home equity line of credit lending entails 
securing an equity interest in the borrower’s home. In many cases, the Bank’s position in these loans is as a junior lien holder to another institution’s superior lien. This type of lending is often priced 
on an adjustable-rate basis with the rate set at or above a predefined index. Adjustable-rate loans decrease the interest rate risk to the Bank that is associated with changes in interest rates but involve 
other risks, primarily because as interest rates rise, the payment by the borrower rises to the extent permitted by the terms of the loan, thereby increasing the potential for default.
 
Other consumer loans generally have more credit risk because of the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and 
higher interest rates than other lending. In addition, consumer lending collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job 
loss, divorce, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan.
 
 
52
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5- Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
The following tables set forth the activity in the Bank’s allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans receivable at December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. The 
table also details the amount of total loans receivable, which are evaluated individually and collectively, for credit losses, and the related portion of the allowance for credit losses that is allocated to 
each loan class (In Thousands):
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential   
Commercial 
& Multi-
family (1)
 
Cannabis 
Related (2)  
Construction 
(1)
 
Commercial 
Business (1) 
(3)
 
Business 
Express
 
Home 
Equity (4)  
Consumer  
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Beginning Balance, January 1, 2025
$
 1,947  $
 10,451  $
 1,613  $
 1,902  $
 10,497  $
 7,769  $
 594  $
 16  $
 34,789 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Charge-offs
 
 -  
 (419)  
 (13,520)  
 -  
 (19,457)  
 (11,328)  
 -  
 -  
 (44,724)
Recoveries
 
 75  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 7  
 1,533  
 -  
 -  
 1,615
Provision (benefit)
 
 (246)  
 2,025  
 13,384  
 (1,234)  
 15,629  
 12,416  
 38  
 (1)  
 42,011
Ending Balance, December 31, 2025
$
 1,776 $
 12,057 $
 1,477 $
 668 $
 6,676 $
 10,390 $
 632 $
 15 $
 33,691
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Ending Balance attributable to loans:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Individually evaluated 
$
 - $
 2,657 $
 - $
 - $
 2,938 $
 998 $
 - $
 - $
 6,593
Collectively evaluated 
 
 1,776  
 9,400  
 1,477  
 668  
 3,738  
 9,392
   
 632  
 15  
 27,098
Ending Balance, December 31, 2025
$
 1,776 $
 12,057 $
 1,477 $
 668 $
 6,676 $
 10,390 $
 632 $
 15 $
 33,691
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Loans Receivable:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Individually evaluated
$
 1,392 $
 130,581 $
 - $
 18,888 $
 10,073 $
 998 $
 294 $
 - $
 162,226
Collectively evaluated
 
 225,316  
 1,910,187  
 69,293  
 49,633  
 158,386  
 73,864  
 74,038  
 3,580  
 2,564,297
Total Gross Loans, December 31, 2025
$
 226,708 $
 2,040,768 $
 69,293 $
 68,521 $
 168,459 $
 74,862 $
 74,332 $
 3,580 $
 2,726,523
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
The decrease in the allowance for credit losses on loans during the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily due to a decrease in reserves on individually evaluated loans offset by an increase in 
reserves on collectively evaluated business express loans.
 
53
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5- Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential   
Commercial 
& Multi-
family (1)
 
Cannabis 
Related (2)  
Construction 
(1)
 
Commercial 
Business (1) 
(3) 
 
 Business 
Express 
 
Home 
Equity (4)  
Consumer  
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Beginning Balance, January 1, 2024
$
 2,344  $
 15,343  $
 2,344  $
 3,758  $
 4,508  $
 4,542  $
 691  $
 78  $
 33,608 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Charge-offs
 
 -  
 (531)  
 -  
 -  
 (1,799)  
 (8,038)  
 -  
 (467)  
 (10,835)
Recoveries
 
 48   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 371   
 27   
 -  
 -  
 446 
Provision (benefit)
 
 (445)  
 (4,361)  
 (731)  
 (1,856)  
 7,417   
 11,238   
 (97)  
 405   
 11,570 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2024
$
 1,947  $
 10,451  $
 1,613  $
 1,902  $
 10,497  $
 7,769  $
 594  $
 16  $
 34,789 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Ending Balance attributable to loans:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Individually evaluated 
$
 - $
 1,473  $
 - $
 - $
 4,725  $
 5,619  $
 - $
 - $
 11,817 
Collectively evaluated 
 
 1,947   
 8,978   
 1,613   
 1,902   
 5,772   
 2,150   
 594   
 16   
 22,972 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2024
$
 1,947  $
 10,451  $
 1,613  $
 1,902  $
 10,497  $
 7,769  $
 594  $
 16  $
 34,789 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Loans Receivable:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Individually evaluated 
$
 853  $
 64,735  $
 - $
 586  $
 11,163  $
 5,619  $
 443  $
 - $
 83,399 
Collectively evaluated
 
 239,017   
 2,091,194   
 103,206   
 130,003   
 231,076   
 87,328   
 66,326   
 2,235   
 2,950,385 
Total Gross Loans, December 31, 2024
$
 239,870  $
 2,155,929  $  103,206  $
 130,589  $
 242,239  $
 92,947  $
 66,769  $
 2,235  $
 3,033,784 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential   
Commercial 
& Multi-
family (1)
 
Cannabis 
Related (2)  Construction 
(1)
 Commercial 
Business (1) (3) 
Business 
Express
 
Home 
Equity (4) Consumer Unallocated 
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Ending Balance, December 31, 2022
 
 2,474   
 21,381  
 402  
 2,073  
 4,482  
 872   
 485   
 24   
 180   
 32,373 
Effect of adopting ASU No. 2016-13 
("CECL")
 
 144   
 (6,953)  
 (145)  
 1,369  
 1,727  
 (316)  
 182   
 7   
 (180)  
 (4,165)
Beginning Balance, January 1, 2023
$
 2,618  $
 14,428 $
 257 $
 3,442 $
 6,209 $
 556  $
 667  $
 31  $
 - $
 28,208 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Charge-offs:
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (805)  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 (805)
Recoveries:
 
 45   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 29   
 11   
 16   
 -  
 -  
 101 
Provision (benefit):
 
 (319)  
 915  
 2,087  
 316  
 (1,730)  
 4,780   
 8   
 47   
 -  
 6,104 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2023
$
 2,344  $
 15,343 $
 2,344 $
 3,758 $
 4,508 $
 4,542  $
 691  $
 78  $
 - $
 33,608 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Ending Balance attributable to loans:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Individually evaluated
$
 - $
 990  $
 1,157 $
 310  $
 975 $
 797  $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 4,229 
Collectively evaluated 
 
 2,344   
 14,353  
 1,187  
 3,448  
 3,533  
 3,745   
 691   
 78   
 -  
 29,379 
Ending Balance, December 31, 2023
$
 2,344  $
 15,343 $
 2,344 $
 3,758 $
 4,508 $
 4,542  $
 691  $
 78  $
 - $
 33,608 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Loans Receivable:
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
 
   
Individually evaluated
$
 444  $
 40,417 $
 5,342 $
 2,898 $
 3,909 $
 797  $
 212  $
 - $
 - $
 54,019 
Collectively evaluated
 
 247,851   
 2,299,039  
 103,619  
 185,035  
 255,946  
 102,131   
 
66,119   
 3,643   
 -  
 3,263,383 
Total Gross Loans, December 31, 2023
$
 248,295  $
 2,339,456 $
 108,961 $
 187,933 $
 259,855 $
 102,928  $
 
66,331  $
 3,643  $
 - $
 3,317,402 
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
 
54
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5- Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(in Thousands)
Allowance for Credit Losses:
 
 
  
 
  
 
Beginning Balance
$
 813 
 $
 694 
 $
-
Impact of adopting ASU No. 2016-13 ("CECL") effective January 1, 2023
 
-
  
-
  
 1,266 
Provision (benefit) for credit losses
 
 17 
  
 119 
  
 (572)
 
$
 830 
 $
813
 $
694
 
The tables below set forth the amounts and types of nonaccrual loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when 
they become more than 90 days delinquent, or when the collection of principal and/or interest become doubtful.
 
As of December 31, 2025, nonaccrual loans differed from the amount of total loans past due greater than 90 days due to loans 90 days past due but still accruing interest or loans that were previously 
90 days past due both of which are maintained on nonaccrual status for a minimum of six months until the borrower has demonstrated their ability to satisfy the terms of the loan. 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2025
 
(in Thousands)
 
 
Nonaccrual loans with an 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
Nonaccrual loans without an 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
Total Nonaccrual loans
 
 
Amortized Cost of Loans Past 
Due 90 Days and Still Accruing
Residential one-to-four family
$
 -  $
 1,554 
$
 1,554 
$
 -
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 2,500  
 
 49,659 
 
 52,159 
 
 -
Cannabis related (2)
 
 -  
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 -
Construction (1)
 
 -  
 
 4,897 
 
 4,897 
 
 -
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 1,660  
 
 2,065 
 
 3,725 
 
 -
Business express
 
 626  
 
 - 
 
 626 
 
 -
Home equity (4)
 
 -  
 
 294 
 
 294 
 
 -
Total
$
 4,786  $
 58,469 
$
 63,255 
$
 -
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2024
 
(in Thousands)
 
 
Nonaccrual loans with an 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
Nonaccrual loans without an 
Allowance for Credit Losses
 
 
Total Nonaccrual loans
 
 
Amortized Cost of Loans Past 
Due 90 Days and Still Accruing
Residential one-to-four family
$
 534   $
 853  
$
 1,387  
$
 -
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 4,823    
 28,151  
 
 32,974  
 
 6,049 
Cannabis related (2)
 
 -   
 - 
 
 - 
 
 -
Construction (1)
 
 -   
 586  
 
 586  
 
 -
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 5,208    
 2,425  
 
 7,633  
 
 -
Business express
 
 1,706    
 191  
 
 1,897  
 
 1,677 
Home equity (4)
 
 -   
 231  
 
 231  
 
 -
Total
$
 12,271   $
 32,437  
$
 44,708  
$
 7,726 
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
Had nonaccrual loans been performing in accordance with their original terms, the interest income recognized for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 would have been approximately $5.4 
million and $5.6 million, respectively. Interest income recognized on loans returned to accrual was approximately $3.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Bank is not committed to lend 
additional funds to the borrowers whose loans have been placed on a nonaccrual status. At December 31, 2025, there were no loans which were more than ninety days past due and still accruing 
interest. At December 31, 2024, there were $7.7 million in loans which were more than ninety days past due and still accruing interest.
 
55
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5- Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
The following table sets forth the delinquency status of total loans receivable at December 31, 2025:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Greater Than 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
30-59 Days
 
60-90 Days 
 
90 Days
 
Total Past 
 
 
 
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due
 
Past Due
 
 Past Due
 
Due
 
Current
 
 Receivable
 
 
(In Thousands)
Residential one-to-four family
$
 4,342 
 $
 279 
 $
 594 
 $
 5,215 
 $
 221,493 
 $
 226,708 
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 17,600 
  
 3,296 
  
 51,979 
  
 72,875 
  
 1,967,893 
  
 2,040,768 
Cannabis related (2)
 
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 69,293 
  
 69,293 
Construction (1)
 
 -
  
 -
  
 4,897 
  
 4,897 
  
 63,624 
  
 68,521 
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 8,583 
  
 1,041 
  
 2,975 
  
 12,599 
  
 155,860 
  
 168,459 
Business express
 
 1,961 
  
 -
  
 -
  
 1,961 
  
 72,901 
  
 74,862 
Home equity (4) 
 
 1,289 
  
 65 
  
 231 
  
 1,585 
  
 72,747 
  
 74,332 
Consumer
 
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 3,580 
  
 3,580 
Total
$
 33,775  
$
 4,681  
$
 60,676  
$
 99,132  
$
 2,627,391  
$
 2,726,523 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
The following table sets forth the delinquency status of total loans receivable at December 31, 2024:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Greater Than 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
30-59 Days
 
60-90 Days 
 
90 Days
 
Total Past 
 
 
 
 
Total Loans
 
Past Due
 
Past Due
 
Past Due
 
Due
 
Current
 
 Receivable
 
 
(In Thousands)
Residential one-to-four family
$
 3,229 
 $
 -
 $
 302 
 $
 3,531 
 $
 236,339 
 $
 239,870 
Commercial and multi-family (1)
 
 8,279 
  
 2,673 
  
 30,903 
  
 41,855 
  
 2,114,074 
  
 2,155,929 
Cannabis related (2)
 
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 103,206 
  
 103,206 
Construction (1)
 
 -
  
 1,829 
  
 586 
  
 2,415 
  
 128,174 
  
 130,589 
Commercial business (1) (3)
 
 9,125 
  
 580 
  
 3,795 
  
 13,500 
  
 228,739 
  
 242,239 
Business express
 
 6,714 
  
 3,452 
  
 3,141 
  
 13,307 
  
 79,640 
  
 92,947 
Home equity (4) 
 
 1,846 
  
 18 
  
 231 
  
 2,095 
  
 64,674 
  
 66,769 
Consumer
 
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 -
  
 2,235 
  
 2,235 
Total
$
 29,193  
$
 8,552  
$
 38,958  
$
 76,703  
$
 2,957,081  
$
 3,033,784 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
56
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
Modifications
The following tables show the amortized cost basis of loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, disaggregated by loan category and type of concession granted for the twelve 
months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Number
  
Payment Delay
  
Term Extension  
Rate & Term 
Reduction
 
  
Total Principal
  
% of Total Class of 
Financing Receivable
Residential
 
 1  
$
 162  
$
 -$
 - 
 
$
 162  
 
 0.07 %
Commercial and multi-family
 
 1  
 
 - 
 
 25,523  
 - 
 
 
 25,523  
 
 1.25  
Commercial business
 
 5  
 
 - 
 
 717  
 344  
 
 
 1,061  
 
 0.63  
Business express
 
 97  
 
 - 
 
 20,008  
 - 
 
 
 20,008  
 
 26.73  
 
 
 104  
$
 162  
$
 46,248 $
 344  
 
$
 46,754  
 
 1.71  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024
 
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Number
  
Payment Delay
  
Term Extension
 
Rate & Term 
Reduction
 
  
Total Principal
  
% of Total Class of 
Financing Receivable
Residential 
 
 1  
$
 173  
$
 -$
 - 
 
$
 173  
 
 0.07 %
Commercial and multi-family
 
 1  
 
 - 
 
 - 
 15,036  
 
 
 15,036  
 
 0.67  
Commercial business
 
 1  
 
 1,294  
 
 - 
 - 
 
 
 1,294  
 
 0.52  
Business express
 
 276  
 
 - 
 
 63,299  
 - 
 
 
 63,299  
 
 68.10  
 
 
 279  
$
 1,467  
$
 63,299 $
 15,036  
 
$
 79,802  
 
 2.63  
The following tables present loan modifications made during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 by payment status. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Current
  
30-59 Days Past 
Due
  
60-90 Days Past 
Due
 
Greater than 90 
Days Past Due & 
Accruing
 
  
Nonaccrual
 
 
Total
Residential 
$
 - 
$
 - 
$
 - $
 - 
 
$
 162 
$
 162
Commercial and multi-family
 
 25,523 
 
 - 
 
 -
 
 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 25,523
Commercial business
 
 394 
 
 244 
 
 -
 
 - 
 
 
 667 
 
 1,305
Business express
 
 19,138 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 - 
 
 
 626 
 
 19,764
 
$
 45,055 
$
 244 
$
 - $
 - 
 
$
 1,455 
$
 46,754
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2024
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
Current
  
30-59 Days Past 
Due
  
60-90 Days Past 
Due
 
Greater than 90 
Days Past Due & 
Accruing
 
  
Nonaccrual
 
 
Total
Residential 
$
 - 
$
 173  
$
 -$
 - 
 
$
 - 
$
 173 
Commercial and multi-family
 
 15,036  
 
 - 
 
 - 
 - 
 
 
 - 
 
 15,036 
Commercial business
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 - 
 
 
 1,294  
 
 1,294 
Business express
 
 62,791  
 
 74  
 
 - 
 - 
 
 
 434  
 
 63,299 
 
$
 77,827  
$
 247  
$
 -$
 - 
 
$
 1,728  
$
 79,802 
The Company monitors the performance of loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of the modification efforts. 
 
For modified loans, a subsequent payment default occurs after management evaluates a borrower’s financial condition subsequent to modification and upon evaluating facts and circumstances 
determines the borrower is not adhering to the terms of the modification but no later than when a principal or interest payment is 90 days past due or the loan has been classified into non-accrual status 
during the reporting period.   
 
Of the loans modified during the preceding twelve months, there were eight Business express loans with a combined balance of $2.1 million that subsequently defaulted and were charged-off in full. 
There was one Commercial business loans with a balances of $246,000 that subsequently defaulted and was charged-off in full.
 
57
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
Criticized and Classified Assets  
 
The Company’s policies provide for a classification system for problem assets. Under this classification system, problem assets are classified as “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss.”
 
When the Company classifies problem assets, the Company may establish general allowances for credit losses in an amount deemed prudent by management. General allowances represent loss 
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. A 
portion of general loss allowances established to cover possible losses related to assets classified as substandard or doubtful may be included in determining our regulatory capital. Specific valuation 
allowances for credit losses generally do not qualify as regulatory capital. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $188.9 million in assets classified as substandard, of which $162.2 million were 
individually evaluated. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $152.7 million in assets classified as substandard, of which $83.4 million were also individually evaluated. The loans classified as 
substandard are comprised of unsecured commercial loans, commercial loans secured by commercial real estate, commercial business assets, and residential real estate. The loans that have been 
classified substandard were classified as such primarily due to payment status, updated financial information has not been timely provided, or the collateral underlying the loan is in the process of 
being revalued.
 
The Company’s internal credit risk grades are based on the definitions currently utilized by the banking regulatory agencies.  The grades assigned and definitions are as follows, and loans graded 
excellent, above average, good and watch list (risk ratings 1-5) are treated as “pass” for grading purposes. The “criticized” risk rating (6) and the “classified” risk ratings (7-9) are detailed below:
 
6 – Special Mention- Loans currently performing but with potential weaknesses including adverse trends in borrower’s operations, credit quality, financial strength, or possible collateral deficiency.
 
7 – Substandard- Loans that are inadequately protected by current sound worth, paying capacity, and collateral support. Loans on “nonaccrual” status. The loan needs special and corrective attention.
 
8 – Doubtful- Weaknesses in credit quality and collateral support make full collection improbable, but pending reasonable factors remain sufficient to defer the loss status.
 
9 – Loss- Continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted. However, this does not preclude future attempts at partial recovery.
Residential, home equity, and consumer loans are rated pass at origination with subsequent adjustments based on delinquency status.
 
58
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
The following table presents the loan portfolio types summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the classified ratings of special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss within the Company’s 
internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 (In Thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans by Year of Origination at December 31, 2025
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
  
2022
  
2021
  
Prior
  
Revolving 
Loans
  
Revolving 
Loans to 
Term Loans   
Total
Residential one-to-four family
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
10,255 $
 11,887 $
 15,164 $
 43,691 $
 33,586 $
 107,069 $
 - $
 - $
 221,652
     Special Mention 
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,802  
 910  
 790  
 -  
 -  
 3,502
     Substandard 
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 445  
 1,109  
 -  
 -  
 1,554
Total one-to-four family
$
 10,255 $
 11,887 $
 15,164 $
 45,493 $
 34,941 $
 108,968 $
 - $
 - $
 226,708
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Commercial and multi-family (1)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 50,098 $
 8,293 $
 184,486 $
 613,331 $
 151,205 $
 773,732 $
 8,760 $
 - $
 1,789,905
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 28,029  
 11,307  
 58,141  
 -  
 -  
 97,477
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 1,633  
 68,011  
 18,795  
 64,807  
 140  
 -  
 153,386
Total Commercial and multi-family
$
 50,098 $
 8,293 $
 186,119 $
 709,371 $
 181,307 $
 896,680 $
 8,900 $
 - $
 2,040,768
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Cannabis related (2)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 8,385 $
 2,067 $
 7,958 $
 8,050 $
 - $
 26,460
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 18,981  
 17,552  
 5,442  
 -  
 858  
 -  
 42,833
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
Total Cannabis Related
$
 - $
 - $
 18,981 $
 25,937 $
 7,509 $
 7,958 $
 8,908 $
 - $
 69,293
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Construction (1)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 917 $
 2,004 $
 15,752 $
 19,460 $
 4,403 $
 - $
 4,803 $
 - $
 47,339
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 2,294  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,294
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 15,715  
 2,587  
 586  
 -  
 -  
 18,888
Total Construction
$
 917 $
 2,004 $
 18,046 $
 35,175 $
 6,990 $
 586 $
 4,803 $
 - $
 68,521
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Commercial business (1) (3)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 7,388 $
 1,995 $
 4,829 $
 1,039 $
 24,455 $
 93,029 $
 - $
 132,735
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,458  
 2,358  
 18,153  
 -  
 21,969
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 2,047  
 11,708  
 -  
 13,755
Total Commercial business
$
 - $
 7,388 $
 1,995 $
 4,829 $
 2,497 $
 28,860 $
 122,890 $
 - $
 168,459
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Business express
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
  $
 71,843 $
 71,843
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
   
 2,021  
 2,021
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 397  
 601  
 998
Total Business express
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 397 $
 74,465 $
 74,862
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Home equity (4)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 1,796 $
 164 $
 3,293 $
 1,246 $
 396 $
 4,914 $
 57,357 $
 4,319 $
 73,485
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 42  
 511  
 -  
 553
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 114  
 30  
 150  
 294
Total Home equity
$
 1,796 $
 164 $
 3,293 $
 1,246 $
 396 $
 5,070 $
 57,898 $
 4,469 $
 74,332
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Consumer
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 1,824 $
 272 $
 1,106 $
 290 $
 2 $
 80 $
 6 $
 - $
 3,580
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
Total Consumer
$
 1,824 $
 272 $
 1,106 $
 290 $
 2 $
 80 $
 6 $
 - $
 3,580
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total Loans
$
 64,890 $
 30,008 $
 244,704 $
 822,341 $
 233,642 $
 1,048,202 $
 203,802 $
 78,934 $
 2,726,523
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Gross charge-offs
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 12,836 $
 282 $
 3,848 $
 18,166 $
 9,592 $
 44,724
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
59
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 5 - Loans Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans by Year of Origination at December 31, 2024
 
 
2024
  
2023
  
2022
  
2021
  
2020
  
Prior
  
Revolving 
Loans
  
Revolving 
Loans to 
Term Loans   
Total
Residential one-to-four family
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 12,059  $
 16,586  $
 47,544  $
 37,639  $
 28,550  $
 92,376  $
 - $
 - $
 234,754 
     Special Mention 
 
 -  
 -  
 3,555   
 -  
 -  
 174   
 -  
 -  
 3,729 
     Substandard 
 
 -  
 -  
 301   
 173   
 -  
 913   
 -  
 -  
 1,387 
Total one-to-four family
$
 12,059  $
 16,586  $
 51,400  $
 37,812  $
 28,550  $
 93,463  $
 - $
 - $
 239,870 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Commercial and multi-family (1)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 9,105  $
 183,547  $
 604,868  $
 154,968  $
 158,029  $
 709,239  $
 2,610  $
 - $
 1,822,366 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 108,076   
 37,600   
 9,232   
 47,756   
 140   
 -  
 202,804 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 10,115   
 33,958   
 13,027   
 11,782   
 61,877   
 -  
 -  
 130,759 
Total Commercial and multi-family
$
 9,105  $
 193,662  $
 746,902  $
 205,595  $
 179,043  $
 818,872  $
 2,750  $
 - $
 2,155,929 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Cannabis related (2)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 19,384  $
 26,626  $
 2,129  $
 8,213  $
 - $
 6,863  $
 - $
 63,215 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 9,761   
 24,636   
 4,844   
 -  
 -  
 750   
 -  
 39,991 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
Total Cannabis related
$
 - $
 29,145  $
 51,262  $
 6,973  $
 8,213  $
 - $
 7,613  $
 - $
 103,206 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Construction (1)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 4  $
 34,906  $
 37,624  $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 5,824  $
 - $
 78,358 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 1,521   
 3,792   
 42,330   
 3,745   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 51,388 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 257   
 -  
 -  
 586   
 -  
 -  
 -  
 843 
Total Construction
$
 4  $
 36,684  $
 41,416  $
 42,330  $
 4,331  $
 - $
 5,824  $
 - $
 130,589 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Commercial business (1) (3)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 2,477  $
 266  $
 475  $
 3,711  $
 28,902  $
 156,581  $
 663  $
 193,075 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 8,874   
 -  
 1,878   
 194   
 4,835   
 19,548   
 409   
 35,738 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 5,884   
 7,542   
 -  
 13,426 
Total Commercial business
$
 - $
 11,351  $
 266  $
 2,353  $
 3,905  $
 39,621  $
 183,671  $
 1,072  $
 242,239 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Business express
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 23,739  $
 59,189  $
 82,928 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 1,506   
 2,894   
 4,400 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 3,082   
 2,537   
 5,619 
Total Business express
$
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 - $
 28,327  $
 64,620  $
 92,947 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Home equity (4)
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 300  $
 3,767  $
 1,369  $
 501  $
 549  $
 5,754  $
 51,829  $
 2,186  $
 66,255 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 18   
 -  
 -  
 18 
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 53   
 -  
 81   
 -  
 -  
 362   
 496 
Total Home equity
$
 300  $
 3,767  $
 1,422  $
 501  $
 630  $
 5,772  $
 51,829  $
 2,548  $
 66,769 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Consumer
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     Pass 
$
 623  $
 1,117  $
 389  $
 5  $
 95  $
 - $
 6  $
 - $
 2,235 
     Special Mention
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
     Substandard
 
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -  
 -
Total Consumer
$
 623  $
 1,117  $
 389  $
 5  $
 95  $
 - $
 6  $
 - $
 2,235 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total Loans
$
 22,091  $
 292,312  $
 893,057  $
 295,569  $
 224,767  $
 957,728  $
 280,020  $
 68,240  $
 3,033,784 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Gross charge-offs
$
 446  $
 20  $
 - $
 174  $
 - $
 1,133  $
 8,381  $
 681  $
 10,835 
 
(1) Excludes Cannabis related loans.
(2) Includes Commercial and multi-family, Construction, and Commercial business loans to borrowers involved in the cannabis industry.
(3) Excludes Business express loans.
(4) Includes Home equity lines of credit.
 
  
  
  
 
 
60
 

Table of Contents
 
Note 6 - Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 consists of the following: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
(In Thousands)
Land
 
$
 1,646  
$
1,646
Buildings and improvements
 
 
 10,098  
 
10,048
Leasehold improvements
 
 
 12,500  
 
12,160
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
 
 8,126  
 
8,364
 
 
 
 32,370  
 
32,218
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
 
 (20,314) 
 
(19,649)
 
 
$
 12,056  
$
12,569
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $1.6 million, 1.7 million, and $2.0 million, respectively.
 
Buildings and improvements include a building constructed on property leased from a related party (see Note 3). 
 
Note 7 - Interest Receivable
 
The distribution of accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
(In Thousands)
Loans 
 
$
 12,995 
$
14,344
Securities
 
 
 839 
 
832
 
 
$
 13,834 
$
15,176
 
 
  
  
 
Note 8 – Deposits
 
The distribution of deposits at December 31, 2025 and 2024 were as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
(In Thousands)
Demand:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing
 
$
 531,140 
$
520,387
Interest bearing
 
 
 501,172 
 
553,731
Money market
 
 
 426,138 
 
395,004
 
 
 
 1,458,450 
 
1,469,122
Savings and club
 
 
 243,670 
 
252,491
Certificates of deposit
 
 
 971,453 
 
1,029,245
 
 
$
 2,673,573 
$
2,750,858
 
Deposits of certain municipalities and local government agencies are collateralized by $43.3 million of investment securities and by a $300.0 million Municipal Letter of Credit with the FHLB. 
 
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more totaled approximately $436.0 million and $398.0 million, respectively.
 
At December 31, 2025, deposits from officers, directors and their affiliates totaled approximately $43.3 million.
The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2025, were as follows (In thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
2026
$
 954,078
2027
 
 13,264
2028
 
 2,286
2029
 
 677
2030
 
 694
Thereafter
 
 454
 
$
 971,453
 
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $80.5 million and $177.6 million in brokered certificate deposits, respectively. The Company had no brokered demand deposits at December 31, 
2025 and 2024. Reciprocal deposits are not considered brokered deposits under applicable regulations.
 
 
61
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Note 9 - Short-Term Debt and Long-Term Debt
 
Information regarding short-term borrowings is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2025
 
 
 
2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Amount
 
 
(In Thousands)
Balance at end of period
 $
 - 
 
$
 - 
Average balance outstanding during the year
 
$
 87 
 
$
 2 
Highest month-end balance during the year
 
$
 30,000 
 
$
 - 
Average interest rate during the year
 
 
 4.66%  
 
 6.42%
Weighted average interest rate at year-end
 
 
 -%  
 
 -%
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
    
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
 
Weighted Average 
Rate
 
 
 
Amount ($000s)
 
Weighted Average 
Rate
 
 
 
Amount ($000s)
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturing by December 31,
 
2025
 - %
 $
 -  
%
 $
220,361
 
2026
 4.53 
 
  
 235,000   
4.53
 
  
235,000
 
 
 4.53  %
 $
 235,000   
4.21 %
 $
455,361
 
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans with carrying values of approximately $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, were pledged to secure the above noted Federal Home Loan Bank of New 
York borrowings. In addition, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, loans with carrying values of approximately $350.0 million and $546.7 million, respectively, were pledged with the Federal Reserve 
Discount window. There were no outstanding borrowings with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2025 and 2024. No securities were pledged for borrowings at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
 
At December 31, 2025, the Company had the ability to obtain additional funding from the FHLB of $382.4 million and $198.7 million from the Federal Reserve Bank Discount Window, utilizing 
unencumbered loan collateral. 
 
The Bank’s total credit exposure cannot exceed 50.0 percent of its total assets, or $1.640 billion, based on the borrowing limitations outlined in the FHLB of New York’s member products guide. The 
total credit exposure limit of 50.0 percent of total assets is recalculated each quarter.
 
Note 10 – Subordinated Debt
 
On August 29, 2024, the Company issued $40 million of fixed-to-floating subordinated debentures (the “New Notes”) in a private placement to certain qualified institutional investors. The New Notes 
have a 10-year term and bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.250% for the first five years of the term. The fixed interest rate is payable semiannually for the first five years and will be reset quarterly 
thereafter to the then-current three-month SOFR (defined below) plus 582 basis points. The Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital for the Company for regulatory purposes, when applicable, and the portion 
that the Company contributes to the Bank will qualify as Tier 1 capital for the Bank. The Notes constitute an unsecured and subordinated obligation of the Company and rank junior in right of payment 
to any senior indebtedness and obligations to general and secured creditors. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering to repurchase $33.5 million of subordinated debt issued on July 30, 
2018 (the “Old Notes”) and for general corporate purposes. The Tier 2 capital credit related to the Old Notes started to amortize as the Old Notes reached their five-year anniversary on August 1, 2023. 
Subordinated debt included associated deferred costs of $914,000 at December 31, 2025. 
 
The Company also has $4.1 million of mandatory redeemable trust preferred securities. The interest rate on these floating rate junior subordinated debentures adjusts quarterly and had been equal to 
the three-month LIBOR plus 2.65%. They mature on June 17, 2034.
 
In accordance with the Adjustable Interest Rate Act (the “LIBOR Act”) and the regulation issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System implementing the LIBOR Act, the 
Company has selected the three-month CME Term SOFR as the applicable successor rate for the trust preferred securities. The calculation of the amount of interest payable, based on the three-month 
CME Term SOFR, will also include the applicable tenor spread adjustment of 0.26161% per annum as specified in the LIBOR Act. At December 31, 2025, the interest rate for the trust preferred 
securities was 6.616%.
 
 
 
62
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 11 - Regulatory Matters
 
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and 
possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines 
and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance 
sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-
weightings and other factors.  
 
In July 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted 
assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the new rule 
established a new common equity (“C/E”) Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5 percent of risk-weighted assets), increased the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4.0 
percent to 6.0 percent of risk-weighted assets) and assigned a higher risk weight (150 percent) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial 
real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The final rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain available-for-sale securities holdings 
and defined benefit plan obligations to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-in or opt-out is exercised. The Bank exercised the opt-out election. 
 
On September 17, 2019, the FDIC passed a final rule providing qualifying community banking organizations the ability to opt-in to a new community bank leverage ratio (“CBLR”) framework, (tier 1 
capital to average consolidated assets) at 9.0 percent for institutions under $10.0  billion in assets that such institutions may elect to utilize in lieu of the general applicable risk-based capital 
requirements under Basel III. Such institutions that meet the community bank leverage ratio and certain other qualifying criteria will automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized. 
 
The Bank opted into the community bank leverage ratio (tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets) (“CBLR”) framework, with a minimum requirement of 9% for institutions under $10 billion in 
assets. Such institutions meeting that requirement may elect to utilize the CBLR in lieu of the general applicable risk-based capital requirements under Basel III. Such institutions that meet the CBLR 
and certain other qualifying criteria will automatically be deemed to be well-capitalized.
 
At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank exceeded all its regulatory capital requirements. The following table sets forth the regulatory capital ratios for the Bank as well as regulatory 
capital requirements for the periods presented.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Capital Adequacy
 
 
To be Well Capitalized under 
Prompt Corrective
 
 
Actual
 
 
 
Purposes
 
 
Action Provisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31, 2025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community Bank Leverage Ratio
$
 344,067
 
 
 10.39%
 $
 264,922
 
 
 8.00%
 $
 298,037
 
 
 9.00%
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
As of December 31, 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community Bank Leverage Ratio
$
363,697
 
 
10.03%
 $
290,087
 
 
8.00%
 $
326,348
 
 
9.00%
 
63
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 11 - Regulatory Matters (continued)
 
The following tables set forth the regulatory capital ratios for the Company as well as the regulatory requirements for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Capital Adequacy
 
 
To be Well Capitalized under 
Prompt Corrective
 
 
Actual
 
 
 
Purposes
 
 
Action Provisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31, 2025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bancorp
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
$
 377,318 
 
 
 13.43 %
 $
 224,761 
 
 
 8.00 %
 $
 280,952 
 
 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 304,541 
 
 
 10.84   
 
 
 168,565 
 
 
 6.00   
 
 
 168,565 
 
 
 6.00  
C/E Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 275,174   
 
 9.79   
 
 
 126,484   
 
 4.50   
 
 
 -  
 
 - 
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted total assets)
 
 304,541   
 
 9.20   
 
 
 132,409   
 
 4.00   
 
 
 -  
 
 - 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For Capital Adequacy
 
 
To be Well Capitalized under 
Prompt Corrective
 
 
Actual
 
 
 
Purposes
 
 
Action Provisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31, 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bancorp
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
$
 400,591 
 
 
 12.89 %
 $
 248,621 
 
 
 8.00 %
 $
 310,777 
 
 
 10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 326,965 
 
 
 10.52   
 
 
 186,482 
 
 
 6.00   
 
 
 186,482 
 
 
 6.00  
C/E Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 298,118   
 
 9.59   
 
 
 139,889   
 
 4.50   
 
 
 -  
 
 - 
Tier 1 Capital (to adjusted total assets)
 
 326,965   
 
 9.02   
 
 
 144,996   
 
 4.00   
 
 
 -  
 
 - 
 
For the Company to be “well capitalized” under Federal Reserve definitions for bank holding companies, the Company is only required to have a Tier 1 Capital to Risk Weighted Assets ratio of at least 
6.00% and a Total Capital to risk Weighted Assets ratio of at least 10.00%.
 
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the most recent notification from the Company and the Bank’s regulators categorized the Bank as “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt 
corrective action. There are no conditions or events occurring since that notification that management believes have changed the Company’s or the Bank’s category.
 
64
 

Table of Contents
 
Note 12- Benefits Plans
 
Pension Plan
 
The Company acquired, through the merger with Pamrapo Bancorp, Inc. a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan (“Pension Plan”) covering all eligible employees of Pamrapo Savings Bank. 
Effective January 1, 2010, the Pension Plan was frozen by Pamrapo Savings Bank. All benefits for eligible participants accrued in the Pension Plan to the freeze date have been retained. The benefits 
are based on years of service and employee’s compensation. The Pension Plan is funded in conformity with funding requirements of applicable government regulations. Prior service costs for the 
Pension Plan generally are amortized over the estimated remaining service periods of employees.
 
The following tables set forth the Pension Plan's funded status at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and components of net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 
2023:
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Benefit Obligation:
December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Benefit obligation, beginning of year
$
 4,228  
$
4,802 
$
4,935
Interest cost
 
 225  
 
224 
 
238
Actuarial loss (gain) (1)
 
 22  
 
(256) 
 
(25)
Benefits paid
 
 (340) 
 
(363) 
 
(346)
Lump sum distributions
 
 (214) 
 
 (179) 
 
0
Benefit obligation, ending
$
 3,921  
$
4,228 
$
4,802
Change in Plan Assets:
 
  
 
  
 
 
Fair value of assets, beginning of year
$
 6,082 
$
6,012 
$
5,965
Actual return on plan assets  
 
 445 
 
612 
 
393
Benefits paid
 
 (340) 
 
(363) 
 
(346)
Lump sum distributions
 
 (214) 
 
 (179) 
 
0
Fair value of assets, ending
$
 5,973  
$
6,082 
$
6,012
Fair value of assets
$
 5,973  
$
6,082 
$
6,012
Projected benefit obligation
 
 3,921  
 
4,228 
 
4,802
Funded status, included in other assets, net
$
 2,052  
$
1,854 
$
1,210
Valuation assumptions used to determine benefit obligation at period end:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
 
5.61% 
 
5.54% 
 
4.83%
Salary increase rate 
 
N/A 
 
N/A 
 
N/A
 
(1) Actuarial gain comes about when the actual plan results are more favorable than the actuarial assumptions used to perform the calculations. The primary actuarial assumptions used are interest and 
mortality as well as the rate of return on the plan assets. Differences between expected and actual results in each year are included in the net actuarial gain.
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Periodic Pension Expense:
December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Interest cost 
$
 225 
$
224 
$
238
Expected return on assets
 
 (355) 
 
(350) 
 
(346)
Amortization of net loss
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
55
Net periodic pension benefit
$
 (130) 
$
(126) 
$
(53)
Valuation assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit for the year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate  
 
5.54% 
 
4.83% 
 
5.02%
Long term rate of return on plan assets  
 
6.00% 
 
6.00% 
 
6.00%
Salary increase rate
 
N/A 
 
N/A 
 
N/A
 
At December 31, 2025, 2024 and December 31, 2023, unrecognized net (gains) and losses of $(5,000), $62,000 and $580,000, respectively, were included, net of deferred income tax, in accumulated 
other comprehensive loss in accordance with ASC 715-20 and ASC 715-30.
 
65
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 12 - Benefits Plan (continued)
 
Plan Assets
 
Investment Policies and Strategies
 
The primary long-term objective for the Pension Plan is to maintain assets at a level that will sufficiently cover future beneficiary obligations. The Pension Plan is structured to include a volatility 
reducing component (the fixed income commitment) and a growth component (the equity commitment).
 
To achieve the Bank’s long-term investment objectives, the trustee invests the assets of the Pension Plan in a diversified combination of asset classes, investment strategies, and pooled vehicles. The 
asset allocation guidelines in the table below reflect the Bank’s risk tolerance and long-term objectives for the Pension Plan. These parameters will be reviewed on a regular basis and subject to change 
following discussions between the Bank and the trustee.
 
The following asset allocation targets and ranges guides the trustee in structuring the overall allocation in the Pension Plan’s investment portfolio. The Bank or the trustee may amend these allocations 
to reflect the most appropriate standards consistent with changing circumstances. Any such fundamental amendments in strategy will be discussed between the Bank and the trustee prior to 
implementation.
 
Based on the above considerations, the following asset allocation ranges will be implemented:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Asset Allocation Parameters by Asset Class
 
Minimum
Target
Maximum
Equity
 
 
 
Large-Cap U.S.
 
42%
 
Mid/Small-Cap U.S.
 
11%
 
Non-U.S.
 
26%
 
Total-Equity
40%
55%
60%
   
 
 
 
Fixed Income
 
 
 
Long/Short Duration
 
43%
 
Money Market/Certificates of Deposit
 
2%
 
Total-Fixed Income
40%
45%
60%
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
The parameters for each asset class provide the trustee with the latitude for managing the Pension Plan within a minimum and maximum range. The trustee has full discretion to buy, sell, invest and 
reinvest in these asset segments based on these guidelines which includes allowing the underlying investments to fluctuate within the stated policy ranges. The Pension Plan maintains a cash 
equivalents component (not to exceed 3 percent under normal circumstances) within the fixed income allocation for liquidity purposes.
 
The trustee monitors the actual asset segment exposures of the Pension Plan on a regular basis and, periodically, may adjust the asset allocation within the ranges set forth above as it deems 
appropriate. Periodic reallocations of assets are based on the trustee’s perception of the changing risk/return opportunities of the respective asset classes.
 
Determination of Long-Term Rate of Return
 
The long-term rate of return on assets assumption was set based on historical returns earned by equities and fixed income securities, adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the 
Pension Plan’s target allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn real rates of return in the ranges of 6.0 to 10.0 percent and 2.0 to 6.0 percent, respectively. 
The long-term inflation rate was estimated to be 3.0 percent. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Pension Plan’s target allocation, the result is an expected rate of return of 4.0 to 
7.0 percent.
 
66
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 12 - Benefits Plan (continued)
 
The fair values of the Pension Plan assets at December 31, 2025, by asset category (see Note 2 for the definitions of levels), are as follows (In Thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Category
 
Total
 
 
(Level 1)
 
 
(Level 2)
 
 
(Level 3)
Mutual funds-Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large-Cap Value (a)
$
 1,057  
$
 1,057  
$
 - 
$
 -
Large-Cap Growth (b)
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 -
Diversified Emerging Markets (f)
 
 110  
 
 110  
 
 - 
 
 -
    Large Blend (d)
 
 1,312  
 
 1,312  
 
 - 
 
 -
    Technology (g)
 
 174  
 
 174  
 
 - 
 
 -
Mutual Funds-Fixed Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long Government (h)
 
 36  
 
 36  
 
 - 
 
 -
Multi-Sector Bond (c)
 
 1,151  
 
 1,151  
 
 - 
 
 -
    High Yield Bond (e)
 
 602  
 
 602  
 
 - 
 
 -
    Intermediate Core Bond (i)
 
 566  
 
 566  
 
 - 
 
 -
BCB Common Stock
 
 402  
 
 402  
 
 - 
 
 -
Cash Equivalents
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Money Market
 
 563  
 
 563  
 
 - 
 
 -
Total
$
 5,973  
$
 5,973  
$
 - 
$
 -
 
The fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2024, by asset category (see Note 2 for the definitions of levels), are as follows (In Thousands): 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset Category
 
Total
 
 
(Level 1)
 
 
(Level 2)
 
 
(Level 3)
Mutual funds-Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large-Cap Value (a)
$
1,035 
$
1,035 
$
 - 
$
 -
Large-Cap Growth (b)
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 -
Diversified Emerging Markets (f)
 
88 
 
88 
 
 - 
 
 -
Large Blend (d)
 
1,253 
 
1,253 
 
 - 
 
 -
Technology (g)
 
168 
 
168 
 
 - 
 
 -
Mutual Funds-Fixed Income
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Long Government (h)
 
38 
 
38 
 
 - 
 
 -
Multi-Sector Bond (c)
 
1,181 
 
1,181 
 
 - 
 
 -
High Yield Bond (e)
 
622 
 
622 
 
 - 
 
 -
Intermediate Core Bond (i)
 
595 
 
595 
 
 - 
 
 -
BCB Common Stock
 
590 
 
590 
 
 - 
 
 -
Cash Equivalents
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Money Market
 
512 
 
512 
 
 - 
 
 -
Total
$
 6,082 
$
 6,082 
$
 - 
$
 -
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a)
Large Cap value portfolios invest primarily in big U.S. companies that are less expensive or growing more slowly than other large-cap stocks. Stocks in the top 70 percent of the 
capitalization of the U.S. equity market are defined as large cap. Value is defined based on low valuations (low price ratios and high dividend yields) and slow growth (low growth rates for 
earnings, sales, book value, and cash flow). 
b)
Large Cap Growth Stocks of large cap companies that are projected to grow faster than other large cap stocks. Stocks in the top 70% of the capitalization of the U.S. equity market defined 
as large cap. Growth is defined based on fast growth (high growth rates for earnings, sales, book value, and cash flow) and high valuations (high price ratios and low dividend yields).  
c)
Multi Sector portfolios seek income by diversifying their assets among several fixed-income sectors, usually U.S. government obligations, foreign bonds, and high-yield domestic debt 
securities. 
d)
This fund invests in 500 of the largest U.S. companies, which span many different industries and account for about three-fourths of the U.S. Stock Markets value.
e)
High Yield Bond funds invest at least 65 percent of assets in bonds rated below BBB. This fund seeks to provide shareholders with a high level of current income with capital growth as a 
secondary objective.
f)
The fund invests at least 80% of the value of its assets in equity securities and equity related instruments that are tied economically to emerging markets.
g)
The fund normally invests at least 80% of the fund’s net assets in securities of issuers principally engaged in offering, using or developing products, processes or services that will provide 
or benefit significantly from technological advances and improvements.
h)
The fund normally invests at least 80% of assets in securities included in the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Long Treasury Bond Index.
i)
Intermediate term core bond portfolios invest primarily in investment grade U.S. fixed-income issues including government, corporate, and securitized debt, and hold less than 5% in 
below-investment grade exposures.
   
 
67
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 12 - Benefits Plan (continued)
 
The Company does not expect to contribute, based upon actuarial estimates, to the Pension Plan in 2026.
 
 
Benefit payments are expected to be paid for the years ended December 31 as follows (In thousands):
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
2026
$
 366
2027
 
 366
2028
 
 362
2029
 
 352
2030
 
 339
2031-2035
 
 1,516
 
 
 
 
Equity Incentive Plans
 
The Company, under the plan approved by its shareholders on April 27, 2023 (“2023 Equity Incentive Plan”), authorized the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company 
pursuant to grants of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and performance awards. Employees and directors of the Company and the Bank are eligible to participate in the 2023 
Equity Incentive Plan. All stock options are granted in the form of either "incentive" stock options or "non-qualified" stock options. Incentive stock options have certain tax advantages that must 
comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Only employees are permitted to receive incentive stock options.
 
The Company, under the plan approved by its shareholders on April 26, 2018 (“2018 Equity Incentive Plan”), authorized the issuance of up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company 
pursuant to grants of stock options and restricted stock units. Employees and directors of the Company and the Bank are eligible to participate in the 2018 Stock Plan. All stock options are granted in 
the form of either "incentive" stock options or "non-qualified" stock options. Incentive stock options have certain tax advantages that must comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal 
Revenue Code. Only employees are permitted to receive incentive stock options. 
 
The Company, under the plan approved by its shareholders on April 28, 2011 (“2011 Stock Plan”), authorized the issuance of up to 900,000 shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to grants 
of stock options. Employees and directors of the Company and the Bank are eligible to participate in the 2011 Stock Plan. All stock options were granted in the form of either "incentive" stock options 
or "non-qualified" stock options. Incentive stock options have certain tax advantages that must comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Only employees are 
permitted to receive incentive stock options.
 
On February 10, 2026, awards of 47,616 shares of restricted stock, in aggregate were declared for members of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company, which vest over a 3-year period, 
commencing on the anniversary of the award date. 
 
On February 3, 2025, awards of 42,210 and 1,563 shares of restricted stock were declared for members of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company, which fully vested on the anniversary 
of the awards. 
 
On April 25, 2024, awards of 30,000 and 20,000 shares of restricted stock were declared for an executive officer of the Bank and the Company, which vest over a 2 and 3-year period, respectively, 
commencing on the anniversary date of the awards.
 
On January 31, 2023, awards of 27,000 shares of restricted stock, in aggregate were declared for members of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company, which vest over a 4-year period, 
commencing on the anniversary of the award date. 
 
On June 30, 2023, an award of 25,252 shares of restricted stock was declared for a director and executive officer of the Bank and the Company, which fully vested on the anniversary of the award date. 
 
The following table presents the share-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 (In Thousands).
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
2023
Stock Option Expense
$
 141 
$
 128 
$
 133
Restricted Stock Expense
 
 875 
 
 639 
 
 460
Total share-based compensation expense
$
 1,016 
$
 767 
$
 593
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares as of December 31, 2025.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Shares Awarded
 
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2024
 84,800  
 
$                  12.38 
   Granted
 43,773  
 
 10.66 
   Vested
 (49,220) 
 
 12.49 
   Forfeited
 - 
 
 -
Non-vested at December 31, 2025
 79,353  
 
$                  11.36 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The remaining non-vested restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2025, will be charged to expense in 2026-2027, totaling $247,000.
 
 
 
68
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 12 - Benefits Plan (continued)
 
A summary of stock option activity, follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Options
  
Range of 
Exercise Price
  
Weighted Average 
Exercise Price
 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term
  
Aggregate Intrinsic 
Value (000's)
Outstanding at January 1, 2024
 
975,975
 $
10.55-13.68
 $
11.89
 
3.83
 $
 984
Options forfeited
 
 - 
 
 -
  
 - 
 - 
 
 -
Options exercised (1)
 
(2,000) 
 
12.19 
 
12.19 
 - 
 
 -
Options granted                                          
 
 - 
 
 -
  
 - 
 -
  
 -
Options expired
 
 (80,000) 
 
 13.32 
 
 - 
 -
  
 -
Outstanding at December 31, 2024
 
893,975
 $
10.55-13.68  $
11.76 
3.16
 $
 355
Options forfeited
 
 - 
 
 -
  
 - 
 - 
 
 -
Options exercised 
 
 - 
 
 -
  
 - 
 - 
 
 -
Options granted                                          
 
 63,763 
 
 9.91 
 
 9.91 
 -
  
 -
Options expired
 
 (82,000) 
 
 10.78 
 
 10.78 
 -
  
 -
Outstanding at December 31, 2025
 
875,738
 $
9.91-13.68  $
 11.72 
 2.88
 $
 -
Exercisable at December 31, 2025
 
 773,715
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Includes 2,000 cashless exercise of options during 2024.
 
It is Company policy to issue new shares upon share option exercise. Expected future compensation expense relating to the 102,023 shares of unvested options outstanding as of December 31, 2025 is 
$133,000 and will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.89 years.
 
On February 24, 2025, grants of 63,763 options, in aggregate, were declared for certain officers of the Bank and the Company, which vest over a 3-year period commencing on the anniversary of the 
grant date. The exercise price was recorded as of the close of business on February 24, 2025. There were no options awarded during the year ended December 31, 2024.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
 
The Bank entered into a Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement (the “SERP Agreement”) with its former Chief Executive Officer (“the CEO”) in December 2021, payable in the form of a life 
annuity.
 
The SERP Agreement was an unfunded arrangement maintained primarily to provide supplemental retirement benefits and comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The cost of the 
benefit was amortized over a three-year vesting period beginning in 2021. The Bank recorded compensation expense of $95,000, $45,000, and $350,000 related to the Plan during the years ended 
December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. For each of the years ended December 31, 2026, and 2027, the anticipated expense is $44,000 and $41,000, respectively. The Bank has elected to 
fund the retirement benefit by purchasing annuities that have been designed to provide a future source of funds for the lifetime retirement benefits of the SERP Agreement, totaling $1,700,000, which 
is included in other assets.
 
Note 13 – Stockholders’ Equity
 
On March 15, 2025, the Company completed a private placement of 52 shares of Series K 6.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Preferred Stock”), resulting 
in gross proceeds of $520,000.
 
On December 31, 2024, the Company completed a private placement of 497 shares of Series K 6% Noncumulative Perpetual Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Preferred Stock”), 
resulting in gross proceeds of $4,970,000. 
 
On November 30, 2024, the Company redeemed 1,001 outstanding shares of its Series I 3.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, at their face value of $10,000 per share, for a total redemption 
amount of $10,010,000.
 
On September 25, 2024, the Company closed a private placement of Series J 8% Noncumulative Perpetual Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series J Preferred Stock”), resulting in gross proceeds 
of $1,360,000 for 136 shares.
 
On June 21, 2024, the Company closed a private placement of Series J Preferred Stock, resulting in gross proceeds of $670,000 for 67 shares.
 
On March 29, 2024, the Company closed a private placement of Series J Preferred Stock, resulting in gross proceeds of $2,690,000 for 269 shares.
 
69
 

Table of Contents
 
Note 14 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 
 
The Company’s intangible assets consist of goodwill in connection with acquisitions. The initial recording of goodwill requires subjective judgments concerning estimates of the fair value of the 
acquired assets and assumed liabilities. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual tests for impairment or more often if events or circumstances indicate it may be impaired. The amount of 
goodwill at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $5.2 million.
 
The Company conducts impairment analysis on goodwill at least annually or more often as conditions require. The Company reported a net loss in the first quarter of 2025 and observed a sustained 
decline in its stock price. Under ASC 350-20-35-30, management considered this a triggering event and performed an interim impairment assessment of goodwill as of May 31, 2025. The results of the 
analysis determined that there was no impairment needed.
 
As a result of the net loss for the year ending December 31, 2025, the Company conducted a quantitative assessment of goodwill as of December 31, 2025, and determined that it was more likely than 
not that goodwill was not impaired. Accordingly, there was no impairment at December 31, 2025. Refer to the Critical Accounting Estimates for additional details.
 
The Company believes that the fair values of its goodwill was in excess of its carrying amounts and there was no impairment at December 31, 2025.
 
Note 15 - Dividend Restrictions
 
Payment of cash dividends on common stock is conditional on earnings, financial condition, cash needs, capital considerations, the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, and 
compliance with regulatory requirements. State and federal law and regulations impose limitations on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company. Under New Jersey law, the Company is 
permitted to declare dividends on its common stock only if, after payment of the dividend, the capital stock of the Bank will be unimpaired and the Bank will have a surplus of no less than 50 percent 
of its capital stock or, if not, the payment of the dividend will not reduce the Bank’s surplus. During 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Bank paid the Company total dividends of $11,421,000, $19,387,000, 
and $22,580,000, respectively. The Company’s ability to declare dividends is dependent upon the amount of dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.
 
Note 16 - Income Taxes
 
The components of income tax (benefit) expense are summarized as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Current income tax (benefit) expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
 (783) 
$
 4,529 
$
 8,917
State
 
 954 
 
 2,860 
 
 5,592
 
 
 171 
 
 7,389 
 
 14,509
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
 (3,778) 
 
 351 
 
 (1,634)
State
 
 (2,164) 
 
 (93) 
 
 (903)
 
 
 (5,942) 
 
 258 
 
 (2,537)
Total Income Tax (Benefit) Expense
$
 (5,771) 
$
 7,647 
$
 11,972
 
 
70
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 16 - Income Taxes (continued)
 
The tax effects of existing temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities are as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
Deferred income tax assets:
(In Thousands)
      OREO write down
$
 4,310   $
 -
      Allowance for credit losses
 
 9,868  
 
 10,176 
      Nonaccrual interest
 
 1,868  
 
 749 
      Net operating loss carry forwards
 
 2,542  
 
 1,070 
      Lease liability
 
 3,184  
 
 3,756 
      Unrealized loss on securities 
 
 1,330  
 
 2,149 
      Capital loss carryover (1)
 
 477  
 
 477 
      Deferred fees and costs
 
 498  
 
 782 
      Other
 
 1,932  
 
 2,094 
 
 
 26,009  
 
21,253
Reserve against capital loss carryover
 
 (477) 
 
 -
 
 
 25,532  
 
21,253
Deferred income tax liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
      Purchase accounting adjustment on premises and equipment acquired
 
 (66) 
 
 (69)
      Right-of-use assets
 
 (3,047) 
 
 (3,626)
      SBA servicing asset
 
 (210) 
 
 (252)
      Borrowing modification
 
 - 
 
 (125)
 
 
 (3,323) 
 
(4,072)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Deferred Tax Asset
$
 22,209  
$
17,181
 
(1) Tax benefit relating to capital loss on securities sold in 2023 which will expire in 2028.
 
A summary of the change in the net deferred tax asset is as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
(In Thousands)
Balance at beginning of year:
$
 17,181 
$
 18,213 
Deferred tax benefit
 
 5,942 
 
 (258)
Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
   Available-for-sale securities 
 
 (892) 
 
 (618)
   Benefit plan
 
 (22) 
 
 (156)
Balance at end of year
$
 22,209 
$
 17,181 
 
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In making this 
assessment, management has considered the profitability of current core operations, future market growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, and ongoing, feasible and permissible tax 
planning strategies. The Company has determined that it would not be able to realize a portion of its net deferred tax asset in the future, and a $477,000 adjustment to the net deferred tax asset was 
charged to earnings. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and capital gains during the periods in which temporary differences are 
deductible and carry forwards are available. The Company believes it will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the tax benefits related to the remaining net deferred tax assets in our 
consolidated statements of financial condition.
 
In conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of IA Bancorp in 2018, the Company acquired a federal net operating loss carry forward of $8.7 million. This carry forward is available for use through 
2035; however, in accordance with Internal Revenue Code Section 382, usage of the carry forward is limited to $459,000 annually on a cumulative basis (portions of the $459,000 not used in a 
particular year may be added to subsequent usage). At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had  $5.1 million remaining of this federal net operating loss carry forward available to offset 
future taxable income for federal tax reporting purposes.
 
In 2025, the Company has generated a $4.4 million federal net operating loss carryover with no expiration date and $7.1 million state net operating loss carryover that expires in 2045.
 
71
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 16 - Income Taxes (continued)
 
The following table presents a reconciliation between the reported income tax expense and the income tax expense which would be computed by applying the normal federal income tax rate of 21.0 
percent to income before income tax expense.
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
  
 
   
  
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
  
Amount
 
Percent
 
  
Amount
 
Percent  
Federal income tax (benefit) expense at statutory rate
$
 (3,843) 
 21.00%  $
 5,517   
 21.00 %  $
 8,706   
 21.00 %
Increases (decreases) in income taxes resulting from:
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
         State income tax, net of federal income tax effect (1)
 
 (1,175) 
 6.42 
  
 2,186   
 8.32  
  
 3,704   
 8.94  
         Tax-exempt income
 
 (15) 
 0.08 
  
 (13)  
 (0.05) 
  
 (30)  
 (0.07) 
         Bank-owned life insurance earnings
 
 (698) 
 3.81 
  
 (553)  
 (2.10) 
  
 (368)  
 (0.89) 
         Capital loss carryover valuation allowance 
 
 477 
 (2.60) 
  
 -  
 - 
  
 -  
 - 
         Other items, net
 
 (517) 
 2.83 
  
 510   
 1.94  
  
 (40)  
 (0.10) 
 Effective Income Tax Expense
$
 (5,771)  
 
 $
 7,647    
 
 $
 11,972    
 
Effective Income Tax Rate
  
 
 31.54%    
 
 29.11%    
 
 28.88%
  
   
  
(1) State benefits in New Jersey make up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
 
 
The Company adopted ASU 2023-09 on a retrospective basis for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and has included the following table as a result of the adoption, which presents 
income taxes paid net of refunds received (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
 
2024
 
2023
 
 
(In Thousands)
U.S. Federal
 
$
 291  
$
 4,300  
$
 10,600 
State and Local income tax, net of federal income tax effect:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Jersey
 
 
 715  
 
 1,400  
 
 5,130 
New York State
 
 
 442  
 
 597  
 
 1,258 
New York City 
 
 
 253  
 
 502  
 
 939 
Pennsylvania
 
 
 100  
 
 80  
 
 100 
Total income taxes paid
 
 
 1,801  
 
 6,879  
 
 18,027 
 
   
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
Note 17- Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments primarily include 
commitments to extend credit. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, is represented by the 
contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 
 
Outstanding loan related commitments were as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2025
 
 
2024
 
 
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Loan origination commitments
$
 33,108 
$
 1,505 
$
 975
Standby letters of credit 
 
 1,354 
 
 2,450 
 
 13,353
Construction loans in process
 
 6,899 
 
 16,673 
 
 63,395
Unused lines of credit
 
 144,639 
 
 173,169 
 
 235,329
 
$
 186,000 
$
 193,797 
$
 313,052
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or 
other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent 
future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, 
is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but primarily includes residential real estate properties.
 
 
72
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 17- Commitments and Contingencies (continued)
 
Leases
 
 
At December 31, 2025, the Company leased 24 of its offices under various operating lease agreements. The leases have remaining terms of 1 year to 9 years. The leases contain provisions for the 
payment by the Company of its pro-rata share of real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and other variable expenses. The Company will allocate payments made under such leases 
between lease and non-lease components. Some leases contain renewal options and options to purchase the assets.
 
The Company evaluates its contracts and service agreements in order to determine if there is an asset imbedded in such contracts and agreements. Such determination is based upon whether there is a 
specific asset covered by the agreement, whether the Company is entitled to all of the economic benefits to the asset over the term of the agreement, and whether the Company has full control and use 
of the asset over the term of the agreement without substitution rights or direction of use of the asset by the lessor.  
 
The Company includes in its determination of its lease liability and concurrent right-of-use asset those renewal or purchase options for which it is reasonably certain it will exercise. Currently, the 
Company does not expect to exercise such purchase options and, accordingly, those are excluded in the determination of the lease liabilities and the concurrent right-of-use assets.
 
The Company has elected not to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset for leases with a lease term of 12 or fewer months.
 
To calculate its lease liabilities, the Company used a discount rate based upon the applicable borrowing rates of the Federal Home Loan Bank at the inception of the lease agreement, which 
corresponds to the length of the lease term.
 
The following tables present certain information related to the Company’s lease obligations (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 2025
 
 
Twelve Months Ended 
December 31, 2024
Operating lease cost
$
 3,792 
$
 3,596
Variable lease cost-operating leases
 
 1,148 
 
 1,096
 
$
 4,940 
$
 4,692
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2025
 
 
At December 31, 2024
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Leases
 
 
 
 
 
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$
 10,660 
$
 12,686
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Lease Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
$
 3,314 
$
 3,189
Operating lease liabilities (noncurrent portion)
 
 8,835 
 
 11,299
Imputed interest
 
 (1,009) 
 
 (1,349)
Total operating lease liabilities
$
 11,140 
$
 13,139
 
The following tables summarize the Company’s weighted average remaining lease terms and weighted average discount rates:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2025
 
2024
Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 4.64 years
 
 5.39 years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Discount Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating leases
 
 3.55%
 
 3.40 %
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s maturity of lease obligations for operating leases at December 31, 2025 (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities of lease liabilities (discounted):
 
 
At December 31, 2025
 
 
Operating Leases
One year or less
$
 3,314
Over one year through three years
 
 4,993
Over three years through five years
 
 2,250
Over five years
 
 1,592
Gross Operating Lease Liabilities 
$
 12,149
Imputed Interest
 
 (1,009)
Total Operating Lease Liabilities
$
 11,140
 
 
 
 
Legal Contingencies
 
The Company is involved, from time to time, as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was not involved in any 
material legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined in a manner adverse to the Company, would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
 
73
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements and Fair Values of Financial Instruments
 
Management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique. Therefore, for 
substantially all financial instruments, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sales transaction on the dates indicated. The 
estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been re-evaluated or updated for purposes of these consolidated financial statements subsequent to those 
respective dates. As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year-end.  
 
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the 
highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). 
 
An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a 
recurring or nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
 
For assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements, by level, within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
(Level 1)
  
(Level 2)
    
 
 
   
 
Quoted Prices in
 
Significant
 
(Level 3)
 
   
 
Active Markets
 
Other
 
Significant
 
   
 
for Identical
 
Observable
 
Unobservable
Description
 
Total
 
Assets
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
 
(In Thousands)
As of December 31, 2025:
   
     
     
    
 
Securities Available-for-Sale
   
   
   
  
 
   Debt Securities Available-for-Sale
 $
 126,395  $
 -  $
 126,395  $
 -
   Marketable Equities
  
 9,172     
 9,172     
 -     
 -
Total Securities Available-for-Sale
 $
 135,567  $
 9,172  $
 126,395  $
 -
 
  
   
   
   
 
As of December 31, 2024:
   
     
     
    
 
Securities Available for Sale
   
   
   
  
 
   Debt Securities Available-for-Sale
 $
 101,717  $
 -  $
 101,717  $
 -
   Marketable Equities
  
 9,472     
 9,472     
 -     
 -
Total Securities Available-for-Sale
 $
 111,189  $
 9,472  $
 101,717  $
 -
 
For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
   
   
 
   
  
(Level 1)
  
(Level 2)
     
 
   
 
Quoted Prices in
 
Significant
 
(Level 3)
 
   
 
Active Markets
 
Other
 
Significant
 
   
 
for Identical
 
Observable
 
Unobservable
Description
 
Total
 
Assets
 
Inputs
 
Inputs
 
 
(In Thousands)
As of December 31, 2025:
   
    
 
     
     
Individually Evaluated Loans
 
$
 20,206 
   $
 -
   $
 -
   $
 20,206 
Other real estate owned
 
$
 5,000 
 $
 -
 $
 -
 $
 5,000 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
As of December 31, 2024:
   
    
 
     
     
Individually Evaluated Loans
 
$
 19,391 
   $
 -
   $
 -
   $
 19,391 
 
Certain individually evaluated loans and OREO were adjusted to the fair value, less costs to sell, of the underlying collateral securing these loans resulting in losses. The losses on individually 
evaluated loans is not recorded directly as an adjustment to current earnings, but rather as a component in determining the allowance for credit losses. The loss on OREO is recorded as a component of 
non-interest income.  Fair value was measured using appraised values of collateral and adjusted as necessary by management based on unobservable inputs for specific properties. 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded write-downs of $15,077,000 related to an OREO property. This loss was the result of updated appraisals, changes in market 
conditions, and management’s evaluation of estimated selling costs. The valuation adjustments are included in “Other real estate owned, net” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
There were no liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024. 
 
74
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements and Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
 
The following table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized adjusted Level 3 inputs to 
determine fair value, (Dollars in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
 
 
Fair Value
Valuation
Unobservable 
Range 
 
 
Estimate
Techniques
Input
 
December 31, 2025:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated Loans
$
 20,206 
Appraisal of collateral (1)
Appraisal adjustments (2)
0%-10%
Other Real Estate Owned
$
 5,000 
Appraisal of collateral (1)
Appraisal adjustments (2)
5%
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
 
 
Fair Value
Valuation
Unobservable 
Range 
 
 
Estimate
Techniques
Input
 
December 31, 2024:
 
 
 
 
 
Individually Evaluated Loans
$
19,391
Appraisal of collateral (1)
Appraisal adjustments (2)
0%-10%
 
(1)
Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals or broker opinion of the underlying collateral, which generally include various level 3 inputs which are not identifiable.
(2)
Appraisals or broker opinion may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors such as age of appraisal, expected condition of property, economic conditions, and estimated liquidation 
expenses. The range of liquidation expenses and other appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal.
 
The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets 
and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies 
may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2025 and 2024.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents (Carried at Cost)
 
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition for cash and interest-earning deposits approximate those assets’ fair values. 
 
Securities (Carried at Fair Value)
 
The fair value of securities is determined by obtaining quoted market prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1), or matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique 
used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark 
quoted prices.  
 
Loans Held for Sale (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value)
 
The fair value of loans held for sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary-market prices. If no such quoted prices exist, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices for a 
similar loan or loans, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value.
 
Loans Receivable (Carried at Amortized Cost)
 
The fair values of loans, except for certain individually evaluated loans, are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market rates at the date of the statements of financial condition that 
reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, projected repayments and prepayments of principal. 
Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  
 
Individually Evaluated Loans (Generally Carried at Fair Value)
 
Individually evaluated loans are those for which the Company has measured and recorded an ACL generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral, less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is 
generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, 
based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The fair value at December 31, 2025 and 2024 consists of the loan balances of $26.8 million and $31.2 million 
net of an ACL of $6.6 million and $11.8 million, respectively.  
 
FHLB of New York Stock (Carried at Cost)
 
The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value and considers the limited marketability of such securities.  
 
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable (Carried at Cost)
 
The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
 
Other Real Estate Owned (Carried at Fair Value)
 
The fair value of other real estate owned is recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition. After initial recognition, OREO is evaluated periodically and is carried at the 
lower of its carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is derived primarily from third-party appraisals, adjusted for estimated selling costs and market conditions, and is 
therefore considered a Level 3 non-recurring fair value measurement. Any subsequent write-downs to fair value are charged to other real estate owned expense. 
 
 
75
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 18 - Fair Value Measurements and Fair Values of Financial Instruments (continued)
 
Deposits (Carried at Amortized Cost)
 
The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and non-interest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the 
reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in 
the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits. 
 
Debt Including Subordinated Debentures (Carried at Amortized Cost)
 
Fair values of debt are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new long-term debt with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. These prices 
obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
 
Fair values for the Bank’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and unused lines of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, 
taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The fair value of these commitments was deemed immaterial and is not presented in the 
accompanying table. 
 
The carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 2025 and 2024:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2025
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices in Active
 
Significant
 
Significant 
 
 
 Carrying
 
 
 
 
Markets for Identical Assets
 
Other Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
 
Value
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Financial assets:
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $
 276,584  
$
 276,584    $
 276,584    $
 - 
$
 -
Interest-earning time deposits
  
 735  
 
 735     
 -    
 735  
 
 -
Debt securities available-for-sale
  
 126,395  
 
 126,395     
 -    
 126,395  
 
 -
Equity investments
  
 9,172  
 
 9,172  
 
 9,172  
 
 - 
 
 -
Loans receivable, net
  
 2,691,091  
 
 2,643,200    
 -    
 - 
 
 2,643,200
FHLB of New York stock, at cost
  
 14,176  
 
 14,176     
 -    
 14,176  
 
 -
Accrued interest receivable
  
 13,834  
 
 13,834     
 -    
 13,834  
 
 -
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
Deposits
  
 2,673,573  
 
 2,674,494    
 1,702,109    
 972,385 
 
 -
Debt
  
 235,000  
 
 236,514    
 -    
 236,514 
 
 -
Subordinated debentures
  
 43,210  
 
 40,034 
 
 - 
 
 40,034 
 
 -
Accrued interest payable
  
 4,056 
 
 4,056    
 -    
 4,056 
 
 -
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Quoted Prices in Active
 
Significant
 
Significant 
 
 
 Carrying
 
 
 
 
Markets for Identical Assets
 
Other Observable Inputs
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
 
Value
 
Fair Value
 
(Level 1)
 
(Level 2)
 
(Level 3)
 
 
(In Thousands)
Financial assets:
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $
 317,282 
$
 317,282   $
 317,282   $
 - 
$
 -
Interest-earning time deposits
  
 735  
 
 735     
 -    
 735  
 
 -
Debt securities available-for-sale
  
 101,717 
 
 101,717    
 -    
 101,717 
 
 -
Equity investments
  
 9,472 
 
 9,472 
 
 9,472 
 
 - 
 
 -
Loans held for sale
  
 - 
 
 -    
 -    
 - 
 
 -
Loans receivable, net
  
 2,996,259 
 
 2,900,892    
 -    
 - 
 
 2,900,892
FHLB of New York stock, at cost
  
 24,272 
 
 24,272    
 -    
 24,272 
 
 -
Accrued interest receivable
  
 15,176 
 
 15,176    
 -    
 15,176 
 
 -
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
     
  
 
 
Deposits
  
 2,750,858 
 
 2,751,625    
 1,721,602    
 1,030,023 
 
 -
Debt
  
 455,361 
 
 456,290    
 -    
 456,290 
 
 -
Subordinated debentures
  
 42,961 
 
 41,594 
 
 - 
 
 41,594 
 
 -
Accrued interest payable
 
 
 5,195 
 
 5,195    
 -    
 5,195 
 
 -
+ 
 
76
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
  
 
Note 19 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss included in stockholders' equity are as follows:
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           At December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale
$
 (3,250)
 $
 (6,873)
 $
 (9,380)
       Tax effect
 
 800
  
 1,692
  
 2,310
          Net of tax amount
 
 (2,450)
  
 (5,181)
  
 (7,070)
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Benefit plan adjustments
 
 5
  
 (68)
  
 (587)
       Tax effect
 
 (11)
  
 10
  
 166
          Net of tax amount
 
 (6)
  
 (58)
  
 (421)
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
$
 (2,456)
 $
 (5,239)
 $
 (7,491)
 
 
  
Note 20 - Parent Only Condensed Financial Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
 
  
 
 
 Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
 
(In Thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
 863
 $
 3,289
Investment in subsidiaries
 
 347,934
  
 364,781
Restricted common stock
 
 124
  
 124 
Other assets
 
 315
  
 402
Total assets
 
 349,236
  
 368,596
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated debentures
$
 43,210
 $
 42,961
Other liabilities
 
 1,742
  
 1,710
Total liabilities
 
 44,952
  
 44,671
Stockholders' Equity
 
 304,284
  
 323,925
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
$
 349,236
 $
 368,596
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Dividends from Bank
$
 11,421
 $
 19,387
 $
 20,580
Interest and dividends from investments
 
 1
  
 2
  
 2
Total Income
 
 11,422
  
 19,389
  
 20,582
Interest expense, borrowed money 
 
 4,268
  
 3,894
  
 2,725
Other
 
 381
  
 442
  
 422
Total Expense
 
 4,649
  
 4,336
  
 3,147
Income before Income Tax Benefit and Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries
 
 6,773
  
 15,053
  
 17,435
Income tax benefit 
 
 (1,346)
  
 (1,273)
  
 (924)
Income before Equity in Undistributed Earnings of Subsidiaries
 
 8,119
  
 16,326
  
 18,359
Equity in undistributed (losses) earnings of subsidiaries
 
 (20,646)
  
 2,297
  
 11,124
Net (Loss) Income
$
 (12,527)
 $
 18,623
 $
 29,483
 
 
77
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Note 20 - Parent Only Condensed Financial Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2025
  
2024
  
2023
 
(In Thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (Loss) Income
$
 (12,527)
 $
 18,623
 $
 29,483
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities: 
 
 
  
 
  
 
    Amortization
 
 249
  
 83
  
 116
Equity in undistributed losses (earnings) of subsidiaries
 
 20,646
  
 (2,297)
  
 (11,124)
Decrease (increase) in other assets
 
 87
  
 770
  
 (1,062)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
 
 32
  
 1,028
  
 (303)
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
 
 8,487
  
 18,207
  
 17,110
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Additional investment in subsidiary                                                      
 
 -
  
 (9,690)
  
 (8,227)
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities
$
 -
 $
 (9,690)
 $
 (8,227)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
 
 520 
 
 9,690 
 
 15,270
      Redemption of preferred stock
 
 - 
 
 (10,010) 
 
 (11,230)
      Proceeds from issuance of common stock
 
 1,120
  
 824
  
 1,773
      Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt
 
 -
  
 38,754
  
 -
      Redemption of subordinated debt
 
 -
  
 (33,500)
  
 -
      Cash dividends paid
 
 (12,553)
  
 (12,276)
  
 (11,142)
      Purchase of treasury stock
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 (3,816)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities
 
 (10,913)
  
 (6,518)
  
 (9,145)
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
 (2,426)
  
 1,999
  
 (263)
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning
$
 3,289
 $
 1,290
 $
 1,553
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Ending
$
 863
 $
 3,289
 $
 1,290
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
Note 21 - Subsequent Events
 
Subsequent Events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Financial statements are considered issued when 
they are widely distributed to stockholders and other financial statement users for general use and reliance in a form and format that complies with GAAP.
 
On January 28, 2026, the Company declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share and was paid to stockholders on February 26, 2026, with a record date of February 11, 2026.
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
(a)
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of 
our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2025 (the “Evaluation Date”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in timely alerting them to the material information 
relating to us (or our consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in our periodic SEC filings.
 
(b)
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
 
Management of BCB Bancorp, Inc., and subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of 
internal control is designed under the supervision of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our 
financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America (“GAAP”).
 
Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and 
dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts 
and expenditures are made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the Board of Directors; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of 
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over 
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections on any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of 
changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.
 
As of December 31, 2025, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based upon its assessment, management believes that the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, is effective and meets the criteria of the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013).
 
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the fourth fiscal quarter of 
2025 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Wolf and Company, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, that appears in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
 
(a)
During the three months ended December 31, 2025, no directors or executive officers of the Company adopted or terminated any contract, instruction or written plan for the purchase or sale of 
the Company securities that was included to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Rule 10b5-1(c) and/or any “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement”.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
 
Not applicable.
 
79
 

Table of Contents
 
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Controller, and/or any persons performing similar functions. It is 
entitled the Conflicts of Interest, Usurpation of Corporate Opportunity & Code of Conduct Policy.  This Code of Ethics is available for free by writing to: President and Chief Executive Officer, BCB 
Bancorp, Inc., 104-110 Avenue C, Bayonne, New Jersey 07002. This Code of Ethics was filed as an exhibit to a Report on Form 8-K filed on March 21, 2023, and is incorporated by reference as 
Exhibit 14 to this report.
 
The Company has an insider trading policy governing the purchase, sale, and other disposition of the Company’s securities by directors, officers, and employees, that the Company believes 
is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and the Nasdaq listing standards. This insider trading policy is filed as Exhibit 19 to this report. 
 
The section of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “2025 Proxy Statement”) entitled “BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND 
DIRECTOR NOMINEES” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
In addition, the information under the captions “EXECUTIVE OFFICERS”, “DELINQUENT SECTION 16(A) REPORTS”, and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Committees of our 
Board of Directors – Audit Committee” – and “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics” of the 2025 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
 
There have been no changes during the last year in the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s board of directors.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The sections of the 2025 Proxy Statement entitled “NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICER COMPENSATION”, “SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE”, “OUTSTANDING EQUITY 
AWARDS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2025”, PAY VERSUS PERFORMANCE”, “NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION”, and “NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION FOR 
FISCAL YEAR 2025”, are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The section of the 2025 Proxy Statement entitled “SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The disclosure in this Form 10-K under the caption “ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES - Compensation Plans” is incorporated herein by reference. 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The sections of the 2025 Proxy Statement entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS” and “CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - Independence of Directors” 
are incorporated herein by reference. 
 
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information required by Item 14 is incorporated by reference to the sections of the 2025 Proxy Statement entitled “AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT - Fees of Independent Auditors’ and ‘-- 
Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services by Independent Auditors.”
 
80
 

Table of Contents
 
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)(1)  Financial Statements
 
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as a part of this Form 10-K are as follows:
 
(A)  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(B)  Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2025 and 2024
(C)  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(D)  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(E)  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(F)  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023
(G)  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated statements or the notes thereto.
(b)  Exhibits
 
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BCB Bancorp, Inc. (1)
3.2
Bylaws of BCB Bancorp, Inc. (2)
4.1
Specimen Stock Certificate (3)
4.2
Description of Common Stock (4)
4.3
Indenture, dated August 28, 2024, between BCB Bancorp, Inc. and UMB Bank, National Association, as trustee (5)
4.4
Form of 9.25% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Note due 2034 (Included in Exhibit 4.3) 
10.1
BCB Community Bank Executive and Director Deferred Compensation Plan (6)
10.2
Employment Agreement with Michael A. Shriner (7)
10.3
BCB Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Stock Option Plan (8)
10.4
BCB Bancorp, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (9)
10.5
Defined Benefit Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (10) 
10.6
Employment Agreement with Ryan Blake (11)
10.7
Employment Agreement with Sandra L. Sievewright (12)
10.8
BCB Bancorp, Inc. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (13)
10.9
Employment Agreement with Jawad Chaudhry (14)
10.10
Form of Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (15)
10.11
Form of Registration Rights Agreement (16)
14
Conflicts of Interest, Usurpation of Corporate Opportunity & Code of Conduct Policy (17)
19
BCB Bancorp Inc., Insider Trading Policy (18)
21
Subsidiaries of the Company
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Wolf & Company, P.C..
31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
97.1
BCB Bancorp Inc., Clawback Policy (19)
 
 
 
 
 
81
 

Table of Contents
 
 
 
(1)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2025.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 25, 2025.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Form 8-K-12g3 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 1, 2003.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2020.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 2024.
(6)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2023.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Security and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2024.
(8)
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders (File No. 000-50275), filed by the Company with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on Schedule 14A on March 28, 2011.
(9)
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 
2018.
(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 2022.
(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2022.
(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2022.
(13) Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the proxy statement for the Company’s 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 
March 21, 2023. 
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2022.
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 2024.
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 29, 2024.
(17) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 21, 2023.
(18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2025.
(19) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2024.
 
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
 
 
82
 

Table of Contents
 
 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly 
authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BCB BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
March 9, 2026
 
By:
/s/ Michael A. Shriner
 
 
 
 
 
Michael A. Shriner
 
 
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
(Duly Authorized Representative)
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the 
dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signatures
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael A. Shriner
 
 
 
 
Michael A. Shriner
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jawad Chaudhry
 
 
 
 
Jawad Chaudhry
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Mark D. Hogan
 
 
 
 
Mark D. Hogan
 
Chairman of the Board
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Judith Q. Bielan
 
 
 
 
Judith Q. Bielan
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Ryan Blake
 
 
 
 
Ryan Blake
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Vincent DiDomenico, Jr.
 
 
 
 
Vincent DiDomenico, Jr.
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Tara L. French
 
 
 
 
Tara L. French
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Joseph Lyga
 
 
 
 
Joseph Lyga
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John Pulomena
 
 
 
 
John Pulomena
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James Rizzo
 
 
 
 
James Rizzo
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael A. Shriner
 
 
 
 
Michael A. Shriner
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Gerald H. Werdann
 
 
 
 
Gerald H. Werdann
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Michael J. Widmer
 
 
 
 
Michael J. Widmer
 
Director
 
                                  
March 9, 2026
 
 
 
 
83
 

Exhibit 21
 
EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
 
The following is a list of the Subsidiaries of BCB Bancorp, Inc.
 
 
Name
 
State of Incorporation
BCB Community Bank
 
New Jersey
 
 
 
BCB Holding Company Investment Corp.
 
New Jersey
 
 
BCB Capital Finance Group, LLC
 
New Jersey
 
 
Special Asset REO 2, LLC
 
New Jersey

Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-4 (No. 333-282784), on
Form S-3 (Nos. 333-273416, 333-197366, and 333-165127) and on Form S-8 (333-273416, 333-224925, 333-
175545, 333-174639)  of BCB Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") of our reports dated March 9, 2026 related to the
consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of the
Company, as they appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31,
2025.
 
/s/ Wolf & Company, P.C.
   
Boston, Massachusetts
March 9, 2026

Exhibit 31.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Michael Shriner, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BCB Bancorp, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered
by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
   
Date: March 9, 2026
/s/ Michael A. Shriner
Michael A. Shriner
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2
Certification of Principal Accounting Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   I, Jawad Chaudhry, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of BCB Bancorp, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered
by this annual report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our
supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to
us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under
our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about
the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s
most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to
the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
   
Date: March 9, 2026
/s/ Jawad Chaudhry
Jawad Chaudhry
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Exhibit 32
Certification pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Michael Shriner, President and Chief Executive Officer and Jawad Chaudhry, Chief Financial Officer of BCB Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) each certify
in his capacity as an officer of the Company that he has reviewed the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2025 and that to the best of his knowledge:
 
(1)
the report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)
the information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
The purpose of this statement is solely to comply with Title 18, Chapter 63, Section 1350 of the United States Code, as amended by Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
   
Date: March 9, 2026
/s/ Michael A. Shriner
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 9, 2026
/s/ Jawad Chaudhry
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)